Home

2011 Nissan Versa Owner`s Manual

1. Groa roa eens Playlists 5 E ooo Artists QO x xx Albums Genres LHA1494 LHA1495 Audio main operation Interface AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the AUX button repeatedly until the iPod mode is displayed on the screen If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the vehicle audio system is turned off while the iPod is playing the iPod will start when the VOL ON OFF control knob is pressed The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle s audio system display screen is similar to the iPod interface Use the touchscreen D BACK button or the TUNE SCROLL knob to navigate the menus on the screen When the iPod is playing touch the Menu key to bring up the iPod interface Depending on the iPod model the following items may be available on the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual 4 50 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Playlists Artists Albums Genres Songs Composers Audiobooks Podcasts En gt SEEK CATEGORY button Press the SEEK CATEGORY button 4 or gt to skip backward or forward one track Press and hold the SEEK CATEGORY button 4 or P for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track
2. AUDIO SETUP DISPLAY SETUP Name Bass Brightness Every Bright alpic plel Figix t a Treble Display Mode Automatic k minfofplalris r Balance Sera Pigeon o mowes v U V W X Y Z Space LHA1477 LHA1478 LHA1479 Adjusting the item For screens where an item can be adjusted incre mentally such as when adjusting the bass and treble for the audio system touch the key or the key to adjust the settings of an item When there are more items than can be dis played on one screen touch the up arrow to scroll up the page or touch the down arrow 4 to scroll down the page Other items are adjusted by selecting one of a set number of conditions For example the Display Mode can be set to Automatic Day or Night To adjust this type of item touch the item The item will cycle through the available settings and the red indicator lights to the left of the setting condition will come on or turn off accordingly 4 4 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Inputting characters Touch the letter key 4 There are some options available when inputting characters e 123 ABC Changes the available character set to num bers e Space Inserts a space e Delete Deletes the last inputted character with one touch Touch and hold the Delete key to delete all of the characters
3. j oa SSS0136 PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Sit upright and weil back SSS0016 AWARNING AWARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this The seat belt should be properly ad vehicle should use a seat belt at all justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may times Children should be properly re reduce the effectiveness of the entire strained in the rear seat and if appro restraint system and increase the priate in a child restraint chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 SSS0014 AWARNING e Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your
4. WRS0911 Stowing the rear center seat belt When folding down the rear seat the center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position as follows Hold the connector tongue so that the seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle Release the connector tongue by inserting a suitable tool such as a key into the connector buckle Retract the seat belt up to the retractor base AWARNING Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat e When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop i T Q o ae WRS0912 Attaching the rear center seat belt Always be sure the center seat belt connector tongue and connector buckle are attached Dis connect only when folding down the rear seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To connect the buckle Pull out the connector tongue Pull the seat belt and secure the receiver buckle until it clicks The center seat belt connector tongue and re ceiver buckle are indicated b
5. SDI1867 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fol lows 1 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key 2 Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing 3 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2025 or equiva lent Do not touch the internal circuit and elec tric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity Make sure that the side faces the bot tom of the case 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0535 4 Close the lid securely as illustrated 5 Operate the buttons to check the operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Cana
6. 00 8 21 10 7 GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 ACAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL Engine oil with API Certification Mark e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see Wheels and tires in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the
7. LRS0891 SPA1025 Removal Use the following procedure to remove the ad justable head restraints 1 Pull the head restraint up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob 3 Remove the head restraint from the seat 4 Store the head restraint properly so it is not loose in the vehicle 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head re straint before an occupant uses the seating position Install 1 Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure the head restraint is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adjustment notches T must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front seat Active Head Restraints The Active Head Restraint moves forward utiliz ing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occu pant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the co
8. 5 11 Ignition switch positionS cece eee 5 11 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 5 12 Before starting the engine c cece 5 12 Starting the CNgGiING issiro rioter oiae enia eii Reed 5 13 Driving the vehicle snis a esena ene 5 14 Automatic transmission if so equipped 5 14 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT if so equipped 0 cece eee eters 5 18 Manual transmission if so equipped 5 22 Parking brake iss ecccsensoees weg sannceanteedan ne 5 24 Cruise control if so equipped eee eee 5 25 Precautions on cruise control 005 5 25 Cruise control operations 000 5 26 Br ak in SChedule a ws case gee egean inneni 5 27 Increasing fuel economy 6 cece eee eee eee 5 27 Parking parking on hills 0 0 cece eee eee 5 28 Power Steering is lt i ic snenee ene tee Seine Oe oho 5 29 Brake System sreca adi rss cepret caniae women tae nee 5 29 Brake precautions lt 0 000 e cece eee eee eee 5 29 Anti lock Braking System ABS if so equipped 6 cece eee apres 5 30 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system if so equipped ever 66 eect cintes kasan 5 31 Cold weather driving 00sec eee eee eee 5 33 Freeing a frozen door lock c c sees eee 5 33 ANtIACCZ un cig ek ace dees tree eed aca tie ipae 5 33 Battel ereraa a AO E eaten 5 33 Draining of coolant water 00 cec
9. WHA1184 or amp Air intake lever Outside air circulation Air recirculation Type A Air intake lever Outside air circulation Air recirculation Type B MAX A C if so equipped Air flow control dial Fan control dial Air conditioner button if so equipped Temperature control dial CONTROLS Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control dial The air flow control dial allows you to select the air flow outlets e 74 Air flows from center and side vents 474 Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets 4 10 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 3 Air flows from defroster outlets and foot outlets y Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Fresh air Move the air intake lever to the gt position The air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle Air recirculation Move the air intake lever to the position to recirculate air inside the vehicle Use the gt selection when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment for maximum cooling when using the
10. 00 ccc eee eee ee 9 11 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 12 Tire and loading information label 9 12 Air conditioner specification label if so equipped 6 eee eee eee ee 9 12 Installing front license plate if so equipped 9 13 Vehicle loading information 0 e eee 9 13 TOMS 202 E A E ineien wedge ee 9 13 Determining vehicle load capacity 9 14 Loading HIPS 3 24 0 tienda wade ines mined ss we 9 16 Measurement of weights 0 e cess 9 16 Towing a trailer 2 ccc eee eee 9 17 Flat TOWING cts iE EEE tare 9 17 Uniform tire quality grading c cee eee 9 17 Emission control system warranty 0 008 9 18 Reporting safety defects 000 cece eae 9 19 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 20 Event Data Recorders EDR 0 00seeaeee 9 20 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 21 In the event of a collision 0 0e eee 9 21 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be slightly different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate US measure Imp measure Liter Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fuel 13 1 4 ga
11. 5 3 Top tether strap child restraint 1 26 Towing Flat tOWING sica e A aa ae a a eas 9 17 Tow truck tOWINg ss s iue a a a mam 6 11 10 6 Trailer TOWING e aa ee es oes na 9 17 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 14 Continuously Variable Transmission GVI Fld ok a wa eae ee 8 13 Driving with automatic transmission 5 14 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 04 5 18 Driving with manual transmission 5 22 Transmission shift selector lock release 2 ee 5 17 5 21 Travel See registering your vehicle in another COUNTY aca e an i PR Pow Ee oS 9 10 Trip odometer pe etui iee eee 2 4 Trunk access through the rear seat 1 4 Trunk light sa i bake ee eae a we 2 37 Turn signal switch 1 2 2 eee 2 23 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 17 USB interface Audio file operation 4 51 v Vanity MIOT s io ona ow ae se ed 3 29 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 9 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 24 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 31 Vehicle identification 00 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number 000 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle loading information Vehicle recovery 6 e a a e e eee Vehicle security system 05 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobi lizer system engin
12. 008 1 2 Folding rear seat if so equipped 005 1 4 Head restraints Hatchback model and front seats of Sedan model 0c cece eee eee eee 1 6 Adjustable headrest rear seats for Sedan model 0000005 1 9 Seat belts errr sore netini ara aE eaten wedded yeas 1 12 Precautions on seat belt usage 008 1 12 Pregnant WOMEN eoriet dae eegee es 1 15 INJUFED PerSon iaeiae oa eE E 1 15 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 15 Seat belt extenders 0 eee eee eee 1 20 Seat belt maintenance 000 1 20 GChild safety 4e hcneueta cass E geome iene 1 21 INfaNtS so otal ooeata awe san oara 1 21 Small childrenie 2 i232 inte aaen a baa 1 21 Larger children isa dee sake tar eae asbei wanes 1 22 Child restraints so a iat Wadiae ete ata 1 22 Precautions on child restraints 008 1 22 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 0 0 02 ccc eee eens 1 24 Rear facing child restraint installation using ATG heisann naaa lirans tua dooms loapadens anieaacam enatlae 1 27 Rear facing child restraint installation using theSeat belts vice sinned caareae dente garnet ee 1 29 Forward facing child restraint installation sing LATCH ces suitieashaeins ime auneens Mate 1 32 Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat belts 00 e eee eee eee 1 33 Installing top tether strap hatchback model 1 37
13. Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers or during a call For example if you were directed to dial an extension by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR ses sion and returns to the call Say star for Say pound for Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session To reconnect the call from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free System press the amp button Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 63 Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when
14. Oil filter A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 5 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag A CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 7 Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn 8 Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT FLUID A CAUTION e Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 Do not mix with other fluids Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 will damage the CVT which is not covered by the warranty When checking or replacement of CVT fluid is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 4 SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID AWARNING e When the engine is running keep hands jewelry and clothing away from any moving parts such as the cooling fan and drive belts e Automatic transmission fluid is poison ous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI1896 Automatic
15. The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed or tilted down by auto matic operation when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for about 45 sec onds after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it moves to the front the moonroof will immediately open backward When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it tilts down the moonroof will im mediately tilt up If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re peats opening or tilting up the moonroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens the moonroof will fully close gradually Make sure nothing is caught in the moonroof AWARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while
16. in the Instruments and controls section This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds Then place the ignition switch back in the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmis sion and repair if necessary 5 22 Starting and driving AWARNING When the high fluid temperature protec tion mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually reduced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially care ful when driving If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal op eration or have it repaired if necessary MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so equipped AWARNING e Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control e Do not over rev the engine when shift ing to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage ACAUTION Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may cause clutch damage Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped with the engine runnin
17. Break in schedule information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fol low these recommendations for the future reli ability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life Printing January 2011 Publication No OM1E 0C11U2 Printed in U S A 11 CED
18. For further details see Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations in this section For further details see Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual See your NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for service Technical and consumer information 9 3 FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications 9 4 Technical and consumer information Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially des
19. Readi ness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual 2 14 Instruments and controls Operation The Malfunction Indicator Light will come on in one of two ways Malfunction Indicator Light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is displayed in the odometer and the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The 8 light should turn off after a few driving trips If the 8K light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction Indicator Light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled The Malfunction Indicator Light may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer ACAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor d
20. SIC2852 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed 2 4 Instruments and controls Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The odometer 1 records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Changing the display Press the change button to change the dis play as follows Trip A gt Trip B Trip LA Resetting the trip odometer Press the change button for more than 1 second to reset the currently displayed trip odometer to zero LOOSE LRS2001 RPMx1000 Ca LICO963 TS K LIC0964 Loose fuel cap warning message if so equipped Push the reset button for more than 1 second to reset the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes sage after the fuel cap has been tightened For additional information see Fuel filler cap in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev the engine into the red zone A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce en gine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel l
21. e OK Completes the character input Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or de tergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTON Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen SETUP auai E System Navigation Ea Traffic Info bral xiv LHA1480 HOW TO USE THE SETUP BUTTON When the SETUP button is pressed the Setup screen will appear on the display You can select and or adjust several functions features and modes that are available for your vehicle Audio setup For audio setup refer to Audio system in this section Navigation setup Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for information regarding this item Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 5 XM setup For XM setup refer to Audio system in this section SYSTEM SETUP Display 5 clock Language rouch Click off a LHA1481 DISPLAY SETUP Brightness Very Bright Display Mode Automatic o moves sero Direction LHA1482 System setup Select the System key to
22. gt Title Once the display mode is selected press the AUDIO button again to store the setting If the AUDIO button is not pressed after 8 seconds the display will refresh with the last selected display mode setting Channel number mode displays the channel number of the selected satellite radio sta tion Channel name mode displays the channel name of the selected satellite radio station Name mode displays the name of the artist host or weather condition of the selected satellite radio station Title mode displays the song title show name or temperature of the selected satel lite radio station SCRL Scroll button Press the SCRL button to scroll through CD MP 3 text that is too long to be displayed on the first line of the display FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM SAT band select Pressing the RADIO button will change the band as follows AM gt FM SAT satellite if so equipped When the RADIO button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii
23. section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling VDC system ground clear ance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to acci dents and could result in serious per sonal injury If your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an acci dent and personal injury If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premaiure tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics affect the VDC system and or interference with the brake discs drums Such inter ference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warn
24. All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recom mends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced un less the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt
25. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them In addition to factory installed options your ve hicle may also be equipped with additional ac cessories installed by Nissan or by your autho rized Nissan dealer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory Please see your dealer for details concerning the particular ac
26. For more information about Podcasts see the iPod owner s manual Audiobook NORMAL FAST SLOW LHA1498 iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located in the center console Open the protec tive cover on the USB jack in the center console and then connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its bat tery will be charged while connected to the ve hicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle remove the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod Classic 5th generation iPod Nano 1st through 2nd generation Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 49
27. Forward facing step 4 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRS0668 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt WRS0681 Forward facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 WRS0698 Forward facing step 8 8 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all ty
28. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wir ing harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Seat belts with pretensioners front seats
29. RDM DISC The discs loaded into the CD changer will be selected randomly RDM FOLDER The folders on the disc will be played randomly RPT ALL DISC All discs will be played normally with no special play pattern enabled A EJECT button Current disc Press the slot number 1 6 for the desired disc then press the amp button The com pact disc will be ejected When the amp button is pressed twice the CD will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 15 seconds the disc will reload All discs Press and hold the amp button for more than 1 5 seconds The compact discs will be ejected one by one If a disc is not removed within 15 seconds or the amp button is pressed again during the eject sequence the entire disc eject sequence will be canceled Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 35 When this button is pressed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played CD IN indicator The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate if CDs have been loaded into the changer in CD mode only AUX Auxiliary button The AUX jack is located on the CD player The AUX audio input jack accepts any standard ana log audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop com puter Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged in
30. The low temperature indicator light illuminates when the engine coolant temperature is low When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the low temperature indicator light illu minates and then turns off after the engine cool ant has warmed up If the low temperature indicator light stays illumi nated after the engine has sufficiently warmed up it may indicate the low temperature sensor in the engine coolant system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the sys tem checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly Instruments and controls 2 13 ENaine Malfunction Indicator Light SOON MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction SERVICE The Malfunction Indicator Light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the ae light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control sys tem inspection maintenance test See
31. cessories with which your vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil iarity with controls and maintenance require ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or per formance problems resulting from modi fications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model There
32. e Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the indicator may flash or both the ff and indi cator lights may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and both the ft and the 2 indicator lights may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated both the R and 2 indicator lights may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the indicator may flash or both the f and indicator lights may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the R indicator may flash or both the and indicator lights may illuminate This is not a mal function Restart the engine after driv ing onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the ft indicator may flash or both the ff and 2 indicator lights may i
33. earlier in this section Unlock the driver s door using the key or inside door lock knob Push the power door lock switch to the unlock position To close the trunk lid lower and push the trunk lid down securely Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 WPD0405 INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE AWARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys The interior trunk lid release mechanism provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk To open the trunk from the inside rotate the illuminated lever until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release lever is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located inside the trunk compart ment on the trunk lock at the center of the trunk lid 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments FUEL FILLER DOOR WPD0372 Rear tank opener OPENER OPERATION The fuel filler lid release is located below the instrument panel To open the fuel filler lid pull the release To lock close the fuel filler lid se curely FUEL FILLER CAP AWARNING e Gasoline is extremely flamma
34. nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 FUSES gt j lt LDI0455 LDI0457 WDI0731 Two types of fuses are used Type A is used in the fuse boxes in the engine compartment Type B is used in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses can be installed in the engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself If a type A fuse is used to replace a type B fuse the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type B fuses cannot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes ENGINE COMPARTMENT ACAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood 3 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab Q and
35. 2 3 10 T 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 Cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 25 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 19 2 20 Audio system if so equipped P 4 17 Covered storage bin P 2 25 iPod outlet if so equipped P 4 47 USB interface if so equipped P 4 51 Center ventilator P 4 8 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 23 Passenger s supplemental air bag P 1 41 Glove box P 2 28 Side ventilator P 4 8 Navigation system if so equipped P 4 2 Cup holders P 2 27 Shift selector P 5 14 Defroster switch P 2 20 Climate control P 4 9 Passenger air bag status light P 1 49 Ignition switch P 5 7 Tilt steering P 3 29 Instrument brightness control P 2 22 Hood release lever P 3 22 Fuel filler lid release lever P 3 26 Fuse block P 8 24 Illustrated table of contents 0 7 27 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch if so equipped P 2 24 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details 0 8 Illustrated table of contents ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS e gt WDI0715 HR16DE 1 2 oOo amp 209x 4 2 0 1 Engine oil filler cap P 8 10 Brake and clutch 1 fluid reservoir P 8 15 Air c
36. AN LIC0980 Front Rear LIC0981 EI ee WIC1002 SUNGLASSES HOLDER if so equipped To open the sunglasses holder push and release the rear center portion of the holder AWARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident ACAUTION e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses LICO972 Front CUP HOLDERS ACAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident Instruments and controls 2 27 2 28 Rear Type A Instruments and controls a LICO973 LICO974 Rear Type B if so equipped Lower the rear center armrest to access the cup holders LICO975 GLOVE BOX Open the glove box by pulling the handle AWARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop a SIC2861 es LICO976 CONSOLE BOX if so equipped Fold down C the console box To open the console box pull up on the lever and raise the lid To close push the lid down until the lock latches NOT
37. Park Be sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position when perform ing any parts replacement or repairs e Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off ACAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down e Avoid contact with used eng
38. Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake and clutch fluid and windshield washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the key is turned to the ON 3 position See Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 A T or CVT model Move the shift selector to P Park or N Neutral P Park is recommended The shift selector cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift selector is in any of the driv
39. SPD VOL SSV if so equipped Beep ON OFF Audio Bass To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade press the AUDIO button until the desired mode ap pears in the display Press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button to adjust Balance and Fade modes Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers and Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers To change the SSV mode to OFF LOW MID or HIGH press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER but ton up or down To change the Beep to ON or OFF press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button up or down This will enable or disable the beep sound heard during menu selection Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds Clock operation Pressing the CLOCK button displays the clock with the radio on or off Press the CLOCK button again to turn off the clock display Clock set 1 Press and hold the CLOCK button until it beeps for more than 1 5 seconds to enter the clock set mode 2 The time will start flashing Press the SEEK TRACK FILE button 4 or to adjust the hours 3 Press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button or 4 toadjust the minutes 4 Press the CLOCK button again to exit the clock
40. ST10453 WT10212 EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The label is located as shown AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL if so equipped The air conditioner specification label is affixed as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE if so equipped LT10170 Use the following steps to mount the front license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag License plate bracket License plate bracket screws x 2 License plate screws x 2 Screw grommets x 2 Hold the license plate bracket and make a shallow hole in the bumper fascia using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill To avoid damaging the area behind the fascia apply only light pres sure to the drill Insert the grommets into the holes in the bumper fascia Insert a small flat bladed screwdriver into the grommet hole to turn the threaded part of the grommet 90 Mount the license plate bracket using the two longer screws 8 Use the two shorter hex head screws to mount the license plate to the license plate bracket using the two M6 14 mm bolts VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING e It is extremel
41. ae 4 5 6 14 RPT button 15 gt CD fast forward button 16 ppl CED i CD seek track button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT T presen ABC emam DISC CD PLAYER if so equipped n Pa F For all operation precautions see Audio opera 3 x cD l tion precautions earlier in this section 1 TUNE SEEK Audio main operation PWR button and VOL control knob G f Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON U position then press the PWR button If you listen a to the radio with the engine not running turn the key to the ACC position The mode radio or CD n that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing When no CD is loaded the radio comes on 3o 2 19 11 12 13 14 15 1s Pressing the PWR button again turns the system off HAO Turn the VOL control knob to the right to increase 1 PRESET A B C button 7 Station select 1 6 buttons volume or to the left to decrease volume 2 CD eject button 8 Ma CD seek track button 3 TUNE SEEK buttons 9 44 CD rewind button 4 CD insert slot 10 RDM button 5 CD button 11 VOL control knob 6 FM AM button 12 PWR button 4 26 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems MENU button BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE and CLOCK Press the MENU button to change the mode as follows BAS TRE FAD BAL CLK Audio BAS To adjust Bass Tr
42. and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finish ers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational 1 42 Ga ha Sit upright and well back WRS0031 A WARNING e The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents e The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys tem if you are unrestrained leaning f
43. and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or when ever the brake shoes and or drums are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance 5 30 Starting and driving This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS if so equipped AWARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Al
44. push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle Q To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition switch and any door open all doors will lock and then unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidently locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS if so equipped All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h All doors unlock automatically when the ig nition switch is placed in the OFF position models with Intelligent Key system or when the key is removed from the ignition switch models without Intelligent Key system The automatic unlock function can be de activated or activated To deactivate or acti vate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the A position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated t
45. wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for gla
46. 5 28 Phone Bluetooth hands free system 4 56 Power Power door locks anri n eieae va ed 3 6 Power outlet s s saoe ag waa Gee 2 25 Power rear windows naaa aaan 2 32 Power steering system 5 29 Power windows aoaaa oaaao 2 31 Rear power windows 2 32 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 Precautions on child restraints 1 22 1 29 1 33 1 38 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 12 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSIOM 5 4 ais ah eS Hn Rohe a ahd 1 41 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Programmable features 4 4 5 Pushi starting s yes 22 a hee oad 6 10 R Radio Car phone orCBradio 4 55 Compact Disc CD changer 4 34 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player coa nacta naia 4 26 FM AM radio with compact disc CD play es erai nate Hea ee 4 37 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD changer 00 5 4 30 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player cea ee eee 4 41 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 53 Readiness for inspection maintenance UM testi ae es Ska kw ae S 9 20 Rear center seat belt 0 0 1 18 Rear power windows 4 2 32 Rear s ats oni mora aot ra i Be ee ha 1 4 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIECI Ne iaa aaa aa Gos Meet n t ja a 2 20 Rear window wiper and washer switches 2 20 Recorders Event data 0 4 bah ctw eee eed 9 20 Refrigerant recommenda
47. 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 387 0122 Technical and consumer information 9 19 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing 9 20 Technical and consumer information EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is
48. AUX IN jack A EJECT button When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 15 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For more information about the iPod player available with this system see iPod player op eration without Navigation System in this sec tion 4 40 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 13 12 11 10 as l FM AM XM CD AUX k SEEK category a USH ON OFF j LHA1473 aoRWN gt XM button CD insert slot Display screen CD eject button SETUP button Type B 6 5 BACK button 7 _TUNE SCROLL knob AUDIO button 8 Station select 1 6 buttons 9 AUX button 10 VOL ON OFF control knob 11 SEEK CATEGORY button 12 CD button 13 FM AM button No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button is pressed to ac cess Satellite radio stations unless op tional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio ser vice subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COM
49. AWARNING e The pretensioners cannot be reused af ter activation They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not acti vated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and if necessary re placed by your NISSAN dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury e Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system If you need to dispose of the preten sioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal pro cedures could cause personal injury Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may
50. Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts See Child re straints later in this section for more information The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion It can also change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop WRS0139 Unfastening the seat belts Tounfasten the seat be
51. If the rate of oil consumption after driving for 3 107 miles 5 000 km is more than 0 5 liter per 621 miles 1 000 km con sult a NISSAN dealer ACAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty LDI0608 HR16DE engine Oil filler cap Oil drain plug Oil filter CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off 3 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise WDI0691 MR18DE engine Oil filler cap Oil drain plug Oilfilter 4 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 5 Remove the drain plug B with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oil If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter later in this section Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The en gine oil may be hot Waste oil must be disposed
52. If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves e Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AWARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classifica tion sensor This can also affect the opera tion of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury 7 4 Appearance and ca
53. Key lock warning light M T models if so equipped NISSAN Intelligent Key warning light if so equipped P position selecting warning light for models with NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped Seat belt warning light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Automatic Transmission A T Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator light if so equipped Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped SERVICE ENGINE SOON O D OFF aS Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light blue Low temperature indicator light blue Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Overdrive off indicator light A T CVT models Security indicator light Slip indicator light if so equipped Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light if so equipped Instruments and controls 2 7 CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on rO Fl b A BE ops If equipped the following lights come on briefly and then go off BRAKE blue r d B e re GQ 92 PA y R 8 If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired prompt
54. LOCK position The Intelligent Key is not left inside the ve hicle The shift selector is in the P Park position 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments Audible reminder and warning when the engine stops When the P Park position selecting warning light P CVT or A T models in the instru ment panel blinks in red Make sure the shift selector is in the P Park position When the chime sounds intermittently Make sure the shift selector is in the P Park position and the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position If the chime sounds continuously when the driv er s door is opened check the following The shift selector is in the P Park position and the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position The mechanical key is not inserted into the ignition switch The warning chime may stop when one of the following is performed Returning the ignition switch to the LOCK position Removing the mechanical key Closing the doors When the Intelligent Key lock warning light H M T models in the instrument panel blinks Make sure the shift selector is in gear Make sure the ignition switch is in the LOCK position Alarm and warning when the engine starts When the Intelligent Key system warning light a blinks red and the outside buzzer sounds make sure the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Warning for low battery power When the Intelligen
55. Only attach the hook and loop fastener on the cargo cover privacy cloth to the area on the rear seatback where it is supposed to be attached Otherwise the seat surface could be damaged 2 30 Instruments and controls WIC1003 To remove the cargo cover Remove the straps from the rear hatch Remove the edge of the cargo cover privacy cloth from the rear seatback Remove the cargo cover holders from the rear pillar WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS if so equipped AWARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled WIC1100 Ooh wWN Window lock button Power door lock switch Front passenger s side window switch Right rear passenger s window switch Left rear passenger s window switch Driver s side automatic switch Driver s side power win
56. P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunction ing stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others WSsD0164 Overdrive O D OFF switch When the O D OFF switch is pushed with the shift selector in the D Drive position the OFF light in the instrument panel illuminates See Overdrive off indicator light CVT models in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Use the Overdrive off mode when you need im proved engine braking To turn off the Overdrive off mode push the O D OFF switch again The OFF indicator light will turn off Each time the engine is started or when the shift selector is shifted to any position other than D Starting and driving 5 21 Drive the Overdrive off mode will be automati cally turned off Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs the CVT will not be shifted into the selected driving position If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL may come on to indicate the fail safe mode is activated see Malfunction Indicator Light MIL
57. Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head re straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints in this section for head restraint adjustment re moval and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0680 Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installation only See In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor LRSO667
58. SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution ai all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Q Bluetooth WHA1361 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can 4 56 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve hicle You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time
59. The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift se lector button pushed in to move the shift selector from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 2 Second gear Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak ing on downhill grades 1 Low gear Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowing through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Do not shift into the gears when the vehicle speed exceeds the following limits otherwise the engine may over rev and cause engine damage Shift Selector position 1 2 31 MPH 50 62 MPH 100 km h 62 MPH 100 km h HR16DE km h 35 MPH 55 km h MR18DE Q WSD0195 Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift selector may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the shift selector release the shift lock The shift selector can be moved to N Neutral To push the shift lock release complete the fol lowing procedure 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock re
60. This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents LPD0349 Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY Manual if so equipped To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle 4 To unlock turn the key toward the rear LPD0483 Power if so equipped The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front Q of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral 3 where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors A Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door SPA2169 To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 4 iN SE WPD0381 LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH if so equipped To lock all the doors without a key
61. Transmission AT TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS FOR CHECKING The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range on the dipstick after the following conditions have been met The engine should be warmed up to op erating temperature The vehicle should be driven at least 5 minutes The automatic transmission fluid should be warmed to 122 176 F 50 80 C The fluid can be checked at fluid tempera tures of 86 122 F 30 50 C using the COLD range on the dipstick after the engine is warmed up and before driving However the fluid should be re checked using the HOT range Park the vehicle on a level surface and set the parking brake Start the engine and then move the shift selector through each gear range ending in P Park Check the fluid level with the engine idling Front side HOT 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C e Reverse side COLD 86 to 122 F 30 to 50 C Add WDI0636 4 Remove the dipstick by pushing and pulling out 5 Wipe the dipstick clean with lint free paper 6 Reinsert the dipstick into the dipstick tube as far as it will go 7 Remove the dipstick and note the reading If the automatic transmission fluid level is within the normal operating range no addi tional fluid is required If the fluid level is low add fluid through the dipstick tube ACAUTION DO NOT OVERFILL Use Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF If Genuine NISSAN Mat
62. a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN If Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that NISSAN con duct a recall campaign However Trans port Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP Index aspx Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1
63. air con ditioner A C Air conditioner button if so equipped Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and push the C button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light comes on when the air conditioner is operating To turn off the air conditioner push the 4 button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window defroster switch For more information about the rear window de froster switch see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Move the air intake lever to the S gt posi tion for normal heating 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 7 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center ventilators 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 7 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost d
64. alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found later in this sec tion Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that t
65. an accident injuring yourself and others LICO392 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the Dd or 2 position Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instru ment panel lights when driving at night HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH LICO968 SIC3020 r LIC0394 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal To signal a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash AWARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances
66. and Guam If satellite radio is not operational then the RADIO button is used to toggle between AM and FM bands If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO button is pressed the compact disc will auto matically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception v TUNE FF REW FOLDER Tuning A To manually tune the radio press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button 4 or Y To move quickly through the channels hold either the or Y 1 5 seconds button down for more than A V SEEK TRACK FILE tuning Press the SEEK TRACK FILE button amp or for less than 1 5 seconds to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcasting station To seek quickly through the channels press and hold the SEEK TRACK FILE button for more than 1 5 seconds When the button is released the radio will seek to the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button for more than 1 5 sec onds to stop at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station PRESET A B C Station memory
67. and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Xanavi Informatics Corporation Bluetooth XM Radio requires subscription sold separately Not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit www xmradio com m Nissan Mexicana S A de C V All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Mexicana S A de C V NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However
68. and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 Instrument p nel ro i cticers ie tace ee nese ierwen 0 7 Exterior frONtsc aise oz accatinnernatadne tie ne ted eae eta as 0 3 Engine compartment check locations 0 9 Exterior rear 2 2 06 e eee e enen sisi ete eee 0 4 Warning indicator lights sess c cece eee ees 0 11 Passenger compartment 0 0c cee eee 0 6 AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 Supplemental front impact air bag modules P 1 41 2 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag P 1 41 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag P 1 41 Front seat belts P 1 12 Head Restraints P 1 6 Rear seat belts P 1 12 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 24 8 Seat belt with pretensioner P 1 54 9 Seats P 1 2 10 Occupant classification sensor pressure sensor P 1 41 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details ie NO of WII0157 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT i Engine hood P 3 22 2 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 19 ai 3 Windshield P 8 21 4 Moonroof if so equipped P 2 34 5 Power windows if so equipped P 2 31 Door locks keyfob if so equipped NISSAN Inte
69. and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Addition
70. and licensed to Visteon USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds If the amp button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command 4 58 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice f
71. at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representa tive will assist you Also available are genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insurance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of genuine NISSAN collision parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting specifica tions if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty pro tection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit un necessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts of ten show premature w
72. automatically turns off after ap proximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking the driver s door with the key a request switch or by pressing the button on the keyfob or Intelligent Key The alarm is activated by opening a door without using the key a re quest switch keyfob or Intelligent Key even if the door is unlocked by using the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door with the key pressing the M button on the keyfob or Intelligent Key or by unlocking all doors with any request switch Intelligent Key models NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch placed in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds Instruments and controls 2 17 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference sepa
73. available only when storing a phone book number NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits The voice command Help is available at any time Please use the Help command to get information on how to use the system Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 59 0G a gyi WHA0787 CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel PHONE SEND Press the l button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once See List of voice commands and During a call in this section for more information pig PHONE END While the voice recognition system is active press and hold the pag button for 5 seconds to quit the voice recognition system at any time TUNING SWITCH While using the voice recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For ad ditional command options refer to List of voice commands in this section 4 60 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System
74. back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti vated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of preten sioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer
75. between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such ob jects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system 1 51 Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system e Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system e Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatba
76. celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed 5 26 Starting and driving The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods e Push the CANCEL button the SET indicator light in the instrument panel goes out Tap the brake pedal the SET indicator light goes out Push the ON OFF switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator light in the instrument panel go out The cruise control is automatically canceled and the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if you depress the brake or clutch pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you depress the clutch pedal manual trans mission or move the shift selector to N Neutral CVT or A T To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch e Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower
77. change the tire or see Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter pre scription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco hol drugs or some other physical condition IGNITION SWITCH AWARNING e Never remove the key or turn the igni tion switch to the LOCK position while driving This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or per sonal injury e Never turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position while
78. cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed e Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE ACAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and en sure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in short ened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles Use a proper gear range which suit
79. deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the ignition and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and remove the key 3 Close all doors Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the power door lock switch if the door is opened locked and then closed the key master or mechanical Intelli gent Key models any request switch Intelligent Key models the keyfob if so equipped or Intelligent Key if so equipped Keyfob and Intelligent Key operation Push the button All doors lock The hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard
80. door The ignition switch is not in the LOCK Turn the Turn the ignition knob to LOCK lt knob to Turn the ignition knob to LOCK lt When opening the driver s door A warning chime sounds continuously position or the mechanical key is inserted Remove the mechanical key from the igni into the ignition knob tion knob When stopping the engine The P position warning light in the instru The shift selector is not in the P Park Make sure that the shift selector is in the P ment panel blinks in red position Park position and place the ignition switch to LOC When turning the ignition knob The warning chime sounds The ignition switch is not in the LOCK Place the ignition switch in the LOCK position position When starting the engine The key warning light in the instrument The battery charge is low Replace the battery with a new one See panel blinks in green Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section When turning the ignition switch A warning chime sounds continuously The ignition switch is not turned to the Place the ignition switch in the LOCK A warning chime sounds continuously and LOCK position position the Intelligent Key lock warning light blinks When pushing the ignition switch The Intelligent Key system warning light in The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle If the Intelligent Key system warning light the instrument panel illuminates red illuminates red even while you are
81. down the antenna be fore the vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts A WARNING e A cellular telephone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle op eration Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular telephones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic con trol system harnesses Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 55 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE
82. driving This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious ve hicle damage or personal injury LOCK PUSH OFF LOCK PUSH ON SSD0435 A T and CVT models NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped The Intelligent Key can operate the ignition switch without taking the key out from your pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation Starting and driving 5 7 LOCK PUSH OFF LSD0172 M T models ACAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle e Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle 5 8 Starting and driving WSD0165 Hatchback Operating range The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key sys tem s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range itis possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to turn the ignition switch to start the engine WSD0191 Sedan The operating range of the engine start function is inside of the vehicle The luggage area hatchback or trunk
83. equipped with an Event Data Re corder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situa tions such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understand ing how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other p
84. for improved visibility Push the rear window defroster switch to activate the heat ing function Push the switch again to deactivate or the heating function will automatically turn off after approximately 15 minutes Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 MEMO 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Control panel buttons color screen with Navigation System if so equipped 005 4 2 How to use the touch screen 0 00s ae 4 3 How to use the back button 0 eae 4 5 How to use the SETUP button 4 5 HID H ttner ato cea ete ataiueaeat es 4 8 MEMES shehcacatet aches Saded tata E E tal avanted avant 4 8 Heater and air conditioner manual 005 4 9 ContolSwitsccrcisdasnniiwkieted canes aaee 4 10 Heater operation ss c0cc sees etait eek cee ireas 4 11 Air conditioner operation if so equipped 4 12 Airflow Chants vice acwiew seceese vaiiee eee we 4 13 Servicing air conditioner if so equipped 4 17 Audio system if so equipped e erences 4 17 Radio ier trsreimenoas noni ines meade ARARA 4 17 FM radio receptions eces caseec ev aires Guba cree 4 17 AM radio reception wise ctacies cevieie tiree euss 4 18 Satellite radio reception if so equipped 4 18 Audio operation precautions 0 008 4 18 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player if so equi
85. for more information e Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid See Floor mat positioning aid in this section The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be main tained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn LPD0484 Floor mat positioning aid This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s and passen ger s side floor mats have a grommet hole incor porated in them Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIB
86. force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on Instruments and controls 2 23 The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving 2 24 Instruments and controls HORN VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH if so equipped ct mms am LIC0604 mS OFF e a LIC1548 To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel A WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driv ing conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle Dy namic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving sec
87. gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers K SPA1951 Mechanical key The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key which can be used in case of a discharged bat tery To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position The mechanical key can be used for operation in the same way as an ordinary key Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 ACAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key slot See Doors in this section and Storage in the Instruments and controls section of this manual NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the Intelligent Key only not the m
88. if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Bit rate may be too low If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there will be a
89. if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at For U S customers nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers information centre nissancanada com We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Tab e of Illustrated table of contents Co ntents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance
90. is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as sig nals from a TV and personal computer the bat tery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a bat tery see Battery replacement in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer ACAUTION Listed below are conditions or occurrences which will damage the Intelligent Key e Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicl
91. key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it LPD0350 1 Two Intelligent Keys 2 Mechanical keys inside Intelligent Keys 3 Key number plate NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intel ligent Key system components and NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System components Never leave these keys in the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when register ing new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key e Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key
92. lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silencing the horn beep feature in the Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion later in this manual Confirm that the S indicator light comes on The 2 light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the ve hicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The cena light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the driver s door is unlocked by the key a request switch the keyfob or Intelligent Key or if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position the system will not arm Ifthe key is turned slowly when locking the driver s door the system may not arm Furthermore if the key is turned beyond the vertical position toward the unlock position to remove the key the system may be disarmed when the key is removed If the indicator light fails to glow for 30 seconds unlock the door once and lock it again Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will arm with all doors closed and locked with the ignition switch placed in the OFF position Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm
93. object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or un belted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some con ditions depending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the f
94. obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the booster seat is removed See Head restraints in this sec tion for head restraint adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor earlier in this section OFF PY 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See Front passenger air bag and status light later
95. opera tions 18 stations can be set for the FM AM and SAT satellite if so equipped radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of FM AM or SAT stations 1 Choose preset bank A B or C using the PRESET A B C select button 2 Select the desired FM AM or SAT station band 3 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 4 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 33 Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band Cur rently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 Station name such as The Groove Music or programming type such as Clas sical Country or Rock Artist and song information If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed Compact disc CD changer operation Turn the ignition
96. or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play co XXXXXXXK D XXXXXXXX KJ XXXXXXXX Q x xx Browse LHA1488 co MP3 XXXXXXXK DED XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX Q x xx Browse LHA1490 co MP3 XXXXXXXX O DXXXXXXXX K XXXXXXXX Q x xx Browse LHA1491 CD MP3 display mode While listening to a CD or an MP3 WMA OD certain text may be displayed when a CD en coded with text is being used Depending on how the CD or MP3 WMA CD is encoded the text is displayed listing the artist album and song title There are other keys displayed on the screen when a CD is playing Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the CD
97. out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Brake and clutch fluid levels Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner if so eq
98. pause seven delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phonebook delete entry next entry dial star two one seven oh yes no select missed dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 67 outgoing call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one record name four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phonebook list names call eight oh five four one correction connect phone dial seven four oh one eight previous entry delete dial nine seven two six six call seven six three oh one go back call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven MANUAL CONTROL While using the voice recognition system it is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Re cent Calls lists To re activate voice recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END sea button At that time pressing the PHONE SEND amp F button will start the Hands Free Phone System Operating tips To enter manual control mode start the voice recognition system and tilt the tuning switch up or down The
99. put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed the lock will automatically unlock and the door buzzer sounds NOTE The doors may not lock when the Intelli gent Key is in the same hand that is oper ating the request switch to lock the door Put the Intelligent Key in a purse pocket or your other hand ACAUTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions e When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel e When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the rear parcel shelf e When the Intelligent Key is placed on the cargo cover e When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the glove box or a storage bin e When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the door pockets When the Intelligent Key is placed on or under the spare tire area When the Intelligent Key is placed in side or near metallic materials WPD0358 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 WPD0369 Unlocking doors 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Push the door handle request switch or the rear hatch trunk request switch 3 The hazard warning lights flash once and the outside buzzer sounds once 4 Push the door handle request switch again within 1 minute to unlock all doors and the rear hatch trunk If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors that door may not be unlocked Returning the door handle to its original positio
100. running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer The power steering system is designed to pro vide power assist while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced This is to prevent over heating of the power steering system and protect it from getting damaged While the power assist is reduced steering wheel operation will become heavy When the temperature of the power steer ing system goes down the power assist level will return to normal Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the power steering system to overheat You may hear a sound when the steering wheel is operated quickly However this is not a malfunc tion If the electric power steering warning light PS illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not func tioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the electric power s
101. scratch the wheel cover or wheel surface WCE0131 Hatchback Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change eines e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack e ED e Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move i a Be WCE0140 Sedan Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support e Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary e Never use blocks on or under the jack e Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials In case of emergency 6 5 SCE0002 WCE0048 Always refer to the proper illustrations for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two
102. set mode The display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds or you may press the CLOCK button again to return to the regular clock display DISP display button The DISP display button will show text about FM stations CD or MP3 and SAT satellite if so equipped information in the audio display FM display mode To change the text displayed while listening to an FM station that broadcasts with Radio Data Sys tem RDS press the DISP button The DISP button will allow you to change RDS information as follows Station call number Program type Station information Station call number Station call number displays the radio fre quency number of the station Program type displays the type or category of radio station Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 31 Station information displays information the radio station wants to broadcast For additional information see Radio data sys tem RDS later in this section CD display mode To change the text displayed while playing a CD with text press the DISP button The DISP button will allow you to scroll through CD text as follows Track number and Track time Disc title Track number and Track title Track number displays the number selected on the disc Track time displays the amount of time the track has played e Disc title displays the title of the CD being played T
103. system will speak Showing Manual Options when manual controls are initially activated 4 68 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems To browse the menu options tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will always speak the current menu option De pending on the audio display it will also show the current menu option To select the current menu option press the PHONE SEND button To go back to the previous menu press the SOURCE PHONE END a button If the current menu is the Main Menu pressing the PHONE END wm button will exit the Phone system To exit the manual control mode press and SOURCE hold the PHONE END a button for 5 seconds TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved Symptom System fails to interpret the command correctly The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the phone book 1 Ensure that the command is valid See List of voice commands in this section 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more
104. temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield 1 Move the air intake lever to the amp gt posi tion s KA 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position When the Y or a position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on how ever the indicator light will not illuminate In this position the air conditioner cannot be turned off When the air flow control is turned to any position P ms other than wy or the air conditioner light will illuminate the air conditioner will con tinue operating and can be turned off using the air conditioner button This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION if so equipped Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and push the C button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehu
105. the AUX IN jack while another device is plugged into the USB input jack the AUX button is used to toggle between the two functions aux Aux LHA1493 For more information about the USB input jack see USB interface in this section A EJECT button When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 10 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For more information about the iPod player available with this system see iPod player op eration with Navigation System in this section For more information about the USB interface available with this system see USB interface in this section aS E E LHA1392 iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod The iPod outlet connector is located in the covered storage bin above the radio To connect the iPod first open the lid on the covered stor age bin Next connect one end of the iPod cable to the iPod and the other end of the cable to the iPod specific port on the vehicle If compatible the battery of your iPod is charged du
106. the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR 9 16 Technical and consumer information AWARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could oc cur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury e Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to asc
107. the first track on each disc only if more than 1 disc is loaded into the CD changer Pressing the button again dur ing this 10 second period will stop the scan and the CD that was being previewed will remain on and will continue the regular playback CD select buttons To play another CD that has been loaded press a CD select button 1 6 RPT RDM button When the RPT RDM button is pressed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows RPT DISC RPT TRACK RDM ALL DISC RDM DISC RPT ALL DISC RPT DISC RPT DISC The disc that is currently playing will be repeated RPT TRACK The track that is currently playing will be repeated RDM ALL DISC Tracks from all discs will be played randomly RDM DISC Tracks from the disc that is currently playing will be played randomly RPT ALL DISC All discs will be played normally with no special play pattern enabled MP3 RPT RDM mode When the RPT RDM button is pressed while an MP3 compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows RPT DISC RPT FOLDER RPT TRACK RDM ALL DISC RDM DISC RDM FOLDER RPT ALL DISC RPT DISC RPT DISC The disc that is currently playing will be repeated RPT FOLDER The folder selected that is cur rently playing will be repeated RPT TRACK The track that is currently playing will be repeated RDM ALL DISC Tracks from all discs will be played randomly
108. the moonroof is closing A CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening e Do not place heavy objects on the moonroof or surrounding area Sunshade Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for ward or backward If the moonroof does not close Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the moonroof Instruments and controls 2 35 INTERIOR LIGHT SIC2063A The interior light has a three position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position C the interior lights illuminate regardless of door posi tion The lights will go off after about 15 minutes unless the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position When the switch is in the DOOR position the interior lights will stay on for about 30 seconds when 2 36 Instruments and controls The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The lights will turn off while the 30 second timer is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch The ignition switch is placed in the ON po sition When the switch is in the OFF p
109. the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Transfer Entry Delete Entry List Names For phones that do not support automatic down load of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth pro file the Phonebook command is used to manu ally add entries to the vehicle phonebook The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone connected to the system NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B Transfer Entry Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred fr
110. twice See NISSAN Intelligent Key earlier in this section The rear hatch must be closed securely before driving An open rear hatch could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn inside the vehicle See Exhaust gas in the Starting and driving section of this manual e Pressthe ff button onthe Intelligent Key if equipped twice See NISSAN Intelligent Key earlier in this section SPA2048 OPENING THE REAR HATCH To open the rear hatch unlock it with one of the following operations then push the opener switch Push the power door lock switch to the unlock position Unlock all doors using the key e Press the button on the keyfob if equipped twice See Remote keyless entry system earlier in this section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 LPD0352 REAR HATCH RELEASE The rear hatch release mechanism allows the rear hatch to be opened in the event of a discharged battery To release the rear hatch from the inside of the vehicle perform the following operations 1 Fold the rear seats down See Folding rear seat in the Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments 2 Puta hand ora suitable tool in the underside of the rear hatch to access the release lever Move the release lever to the right The rear ha
111. using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the amp button for more than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND s amp button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or press the SOURCE PHONE END a button to select a dif ferent language 3 Press the button For information on speaker adaptation see Speaker adaptation SA mode in this sec tion 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or French in French To select the current language press the PHONE SEND button To select a different language tilt the tuning switch or M up or down NOTE You must press the l button within 5 seconds to change the language 5 Ifyou decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Main Menu Connect phone Add phone Initiate from handset Name phone 1 Press the button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Say Connect phone The system ac k
112. vehicle Add Phone Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle See Connecting procedure in this section for more information Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to delete Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete that phonebook for that phone Turn Bluetooth OFF Use the Turn Bluetooth OFF command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve rec ognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different speaker adaptation model for each connected phone Training procedure The procedure for training a voice is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in P Park 3 Press and hol
113. wash with water as soon as possible 7 6 Appearance and care ACAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements c eee eee eee 8 2 General maintenance 20ce ee eee eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautions n 00 e cece 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 00 cece cece ee eee 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 9 Changing engine coolant 085 8 9 Engine Oiliios sdatce betes EEEa eae A oes 8 10 Checking engine oil level 0 00 8 10 Changing engine oil 2 eee 8 11 Changing engine oil filter 000 8 12 Continuously Vari
114. washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident 8 46 Maintenance and do it yourself AWARNING The spare tire should be used for emer gency use only It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first oppor tunity to avoid possible tire or differen tial damage Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and the original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire
115. will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model HR16DE MR18DE Type Cylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke Displacement Firing order Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC 4 cylinder inline 4 cylinder inline in mm 3 071 x 3 291 78 0 x 83 6 3 307 x 3 192 84 0 x 81 1 cu in cm8 97 51 1 598 109 65 1 797 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 Idle speed M T CVT or A T in N position Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle No adjustment is necessary Spark plug FXE20HE 11 or DILKAR6A11 FXE20HR 11 Spark plug gap Nominal 0 043 1 1 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation NOTE Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEELS AND TIR
116. will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH to LIC0965 SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward Slower or Faster Low LO continuous low speed operation High HI continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up to have one sweep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield ACAUTION Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the windshield washer fluid reservoir is empty e Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with windshield washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based windshield washer fluid concentrates may perma nently stain the grille if spilled while fil
117. 20 21 23 24 25 26 Cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 25 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 19 2 20 Audio system if so equipped P 4 17 Covered storage bin P 2 25 iPod outlet if so equipped P 4 47 USB interface if so equipped P 4 51 Center ventilator P 4 8 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 23 Passenger s supplemental air bag P 1 41 Glove box P 2 28 Side ventilator P 4 8 Navigation system if so equipped P 4 2 Cup holders P 2 27 Shift selector P 5 14 Defroster switch P 2 20 Climate control P 4 9 Passenger air bag status light P 1 49 Ignition switch P 5 7 Tilt steering P 3 29 Instrument brightness control P 2 22 Hood release lever P 3 22 Fuel filler lid release lever P 3 26 Fuse block P 8 24 27 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch if so equipped P 2 24 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details METERS AND GAUGES 3 UET RPMx1000 LIC0961 A ONS Tachometer Speedometer Fuel gauge Odometer total twin trip Automatic Transmission A T Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator if so equipped Trip odometer change button Loose fuel cap indicator reset button if so equipped Instruments and controls 2 3 LICO962
118. 4 gal Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent 4 2 3 4 B 6 Ta 8 29 For further details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in this section Use Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent in its quality in order to avoid possible aluminum corrosion within the engine cooling system caused by the use of non genuine engine coolant Note that any repairs for incidents within the engine cooling system while using non genuine engine coolant may not be covered by the warranty even if such incidents occurred during the warranty period If Genuine NISSAN gear oil is not available API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 may be used as a temporary replacement However use Genuine NISSAN gear oil as soon as it is available If Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF is not available Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF may also be used Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S or Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 will damage the CVT which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty Available in mainland U S A through a NISSAN dealer
119. 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 20 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Malfunction indicator light 2 14 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Manual windows 00005 2 33 10 4 Mapilights aira asi ead Gia dete ae 2 36 Map pockets sais whee det oe ee es 2 25 Meters and gauges 000 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 22 Mirror Inside mirror 2 ee 3 30 Outside mirrors 2 ee ee 3 30 Vanity MINON sos sie od aoe Sots oe ad 3 29 MoonrOofs a Gems koe we Set dee des Sack i 2 34 N NISSAN Intelligent Key 2 2 00 3 10 3 13 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer SYSTEM g d m 26 AT A ko ae A AS 2 17 3 4 5 12 o Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 5 Odometer so i342 eae hk ee ea d 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 a a 9 2 Changing engine oil a a aaan 8 11 Changing engine oil filter 8 12 Checking engine oillevel 8 10 Engine Oili aotea Qe eee ar hd 8 10 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil viscosity 9 6 OutsidSMIMOrS ac de See oe eee Saeed 3 30 Overdrive switch 000 5 17 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 10 Owner s manual order form 9 21 Owner s manual service manual order INfOrMALON a e a syn a wom ee ee eae 9 21 P Parking Parking brake operation 5 24 Parking parking on hills
120. 5 4 Starting and driving For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the In case of emergency section AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an acci dent and could result in serious per sonal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label located on the driver s door Opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by
121. 860 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level 4 This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AWARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly wit
122. AUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS if so equipped Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is signifi
123. Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 16 Anchor point locations 1 27 Anena o mr Secale we Oe Se ee aed 4 54 Anti lock brake warning light 2 8 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 30 ANMI StS ios 28S e erat ep a8 we ee GS 1 5 Audible reminders 2 15 Audio system 2 2 ee ee 4 17 Compact Disc CD changer 4 34 Compact disc CD player 4 28 4 39 4 44 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player 2 2 ee eee 4 37 FM AM radio with compact disc CD Player ici sere popes bic ae eae a 4 26 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD changer 4 30 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player s aeres eee eee 4 41 Audio System iPod Player cene aid ack d 4 47 4 49 Audio system Radio eacop a aee ER OES ee 4 17 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 53 USB interface 0 000048 4 51 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 32 Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 14 Driving with automatic transmission 5 14 Automatic door locks 00 3 6 AUX jack i pe praa nu ee 4 40 4 46 B Battery as et a hae eae ae ea ee 8 17 Charge warning light 2 9 Before starting the engine 5 12 Belt See drive belt 0 8 19 Block heater Bluetooth hands free phone system 4 56 Boosterseats 2 2 0 0 00004 1 38 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 30
124. Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting instruc tions You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the bat tery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troublesh
125. Brake fluid s i ese ee eh ee ead 8 15 Brake light See stop light 8 32 Brake system 2 2 0 00004 5 29 Brake warning light 2 2 2 2 004 2 8 Brake wear indicators 2 15 8 23 Parking brake operation 5 24 Self adjusting brakes 8 23 Brakesii aie ke Re ade ee a eS 8 23 Break in schedule 5 27 Brightness contrast button 4 8 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 0 000 2 22 Bulb check instrument panel 2 2 0 2 8 Bulb replacement 00 8 32 c Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 ee ee 9 2 Cargo COVP a s i eee e eed awe ea na 2 29 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 13 Car phone or CBradio 4 55 CD care and cleaning oaaae 4 53 CD changer See audio system 4 34 CD player See audio system 4 28 4 39 4 44 Child restraints 1 21 1 21 1 22 1 24 Precautions on child restraints 1 22 1 29 1 33 1 38 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 27 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 26 Child safety rear doorlock 3 7 Chimes audible reminders 2 15 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 Cloke aurau a ce ee ae A 4 27 4 31 4 37 Clutch Clutch fluid ss 2 ee ae ed 8 16 C M V S S certification label 2 0 9 11 Cold weather driving 5 33 Compact disc CD player 4 28 4 39 4 44 Console box esos tha et
126. CD button When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the last used compact disc starts to play dd gt gt Rewind and Fast Forward buttons When the 44 or P gt button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while rewinding 4 28 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed Be do SEEK TRACK buttons When PPI is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track following the present one starts to play from the beginning Press Pl several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD ad vances 1 additional track The track number ap pears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When M4 is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press 44 several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back 1 track RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while the com pact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 TRACK RPT Normal 1 TRACK RPT The track that is currently playing will be repeated RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while the com pact disc is being played t
127. E Do not fold the console box up when it is used for storage COVERED STORAGE BIN Raise the lid to access the storage bin CARGO COVER if so equipped Hatchback models only AWARNING e Never put anything on the cargo cover no matter how small Any object on it could cause an injury in an accident or sudden stop e Do not leave the cargo cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from the holder e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged If the cargo cover contacts the top tether strap when itis attached to the top tether anchor remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location If the cargo cover is not removed it may damage the top tether strap during a collision Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when itis attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision Instruments and controls 2 29 The cargo cover keeps the luggage compartment contents hidden from the outside
128. ES Wheel type Aluminum and steel Tire size Spare tire Size 14x 5 0JJ 15x 5 5JJ 16 x 6 0 Offset in mm 1 57 40 1 57 40 1 57 40 P185 65R14 P185 65R15 P195 55R16 T125 70D15 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Unit in mm Body Type Hatchback Sedan Overall length 169 2 4 297 176 1 4 473 Overall width 66 7 1 695 66 7 1 695 Overall height 60 6 1 540 60 6 1 540 Front Track 58 3 1 480 58 3 1 480 Rear Track 58 5 1 485 58 5 1 485 Wheelbase 102 4 2 600 102 4 2 600 Gross vehicle weight Ib kg rating cee i See the F M V S S C M V S S certification label a axle weight rat on the center pillar between the driver s side front Front Ib kg and rear doors Rear lb kg Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion c
129. ET indicator light may blink when the cruise control switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system use the following proce dures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident Starting and driving 5 25 ACAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off imme diately Failure to do so may cause engine damage CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the ON OFF switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel comes on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light in the instrument panel comes on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac
130. Ee 1 24 License plate Installing the license plate 9 13 Light Air bag warning light 2 0 1 55 2 12 Brake light See stop light 8 32 Bulb check instrument panel 2 8 Bulb replacement 8 32 Charge warning light 2 9 Fog light switch sis ios arg aua soana e 2 23 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 21 Headlight control switch 2 21 Headlights s san ea ag Gon ie i 8 31 Interior lighis ie 22 a Soa eae 2 36 Lightbulbs lt 4 6 26 ete aaa he 8 31 Low tire pressure warning light 2 10 Low windshield washer fluid warning light 2h ase de wea ee ake ee 2 11 Passenger air bag and status light 1 49 Security indicator light 2 14 Trunklight 262 2666 a ea ees 2 37 Warning indicator lights and audible FOMINdSNS seco ee es Ae R 2 7 Lights Mapilights 22 0 paoe g te Gt ee 2 36 Lock Child safety rear doorlock 3 7 Door locks s errs See eee eens 3 4 3 5 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 26 Power door locks s atn aoe e a aa 3 6 Loose fuel cap warning 2 5 3 27 Low fuel warning light aoaaa aaa aa 2 10 Low tire pressure warning light 2 10 Low windshield washer fluid warning light 2 11 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 13 M Maintenance General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle noanoa aa aaa 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8
131. HIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer fluid or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer fluid or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper install new windshield wiper blades ACAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 SDI1803 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push and hold the release tab and then move the wiper blade down 4 the wiper arm to remove 3 Remove the wiper blade A CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself e d WDI0526 Be careful not to let anything g
132. Installing top tether strap sedan model 1 37 Booster Seats 2 s2it iecciemeterawe de at neestis 1 38 Supplemental restraint system 00 1 41 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEMI ac sich wentncedne tentene yt been a Seda aes 1 41 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 55 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 55 SEATS ARS1152 AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly See Precau tions on seat belt usage later in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and s
133. NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle If a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modification not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of In dustry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 T
134. OFMats oiite iuran maneni wiena wate ad kate 7 4 WAKING acces cata cd ncceseed staan adie ded kde 7 2 Seat belts oc2rsccvnweensnenaes noy epia 7 5 Removing Spots 6 cece eee eee eect eens 7 3 Corrosion protection 00 0eceeeeeeeeeeeee 7 5 Underbody 2 sisi wisisis tinge Bie aehsse gu sine henge Me 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle GIASS ssc 555 cbu santen nuestra esin sean deg ages 7 3 COMOSION e e e E E nape E ER 7 5 Aluminum alloy wheels 000eee eee 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Chrome parts 6002 60 00 02s tenore tupie eine 7 3 COMOSION Mind E E E E se 7 5 Tire dressings errs sce li ennui ieren warnes 7 3 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 Cleaning interior 00 e eee eee eee ee 7 4 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to sc
135. PACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL ON OFF control Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and push the VOL ON OFF control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX USB or iPod that was playing imme diately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the VOL ON OFF control knob Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 41 Turn the VOL ON OFF control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Vol ume for audio When this feature is active the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes Bass umo J 5 Trebie Jammer Balance lt Jam gt rade gt Jammin J a LHA1486 AUDIO SETUP Balance f lt ammm gt A Fade A mmmn v J speed Volume 3 aux Level Medium 5 LHA1487 Audio settings Press the SETUP button to display the audio settings on the screen These settings can also be displayed by pressing the AUDIO button TUNE SCROLL knob Use the touchscreen to adjust the following items to the desired setting Bass Treble Ba
136. R mode child restraint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRS0670 Rear facing step 4 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt WRS0762 Rear facing step 5 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt WRS0763 Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is cance
137. RNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ARS1044 ARS1045 ARS1046 AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating front air bag could seriously in jure or kill your child See Child re straints earlier in this section for details Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 Do not lean against the door SSS0101 Do not lean against the door SSS0188 A WARNING Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents 1 46 Safety Seats seat bel
138. Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed ACAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause dam age to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation 00 0eeeeeee eee 9 4 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 6 Air conditioner system if so equipped refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 7 Specifications keee odes anedae wenden a oi ions uR 9 8 ENGING twits E E eadionts Marten 9 8 Wheels and tir s a c20 drained paucewsgauee enters 9 9 Dimensions and weights ce eee 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another County coes hdd edad a dears dade eee 9 10 Vehicle identification escent 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle identification number chassis number 0 0 0cece cece rnrn 9 10 Engine serial number
139. S malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire Starting and driving 5 3 The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted for all 4 tires After the tires are inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pres sure for all four tires The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening
140. SQON function Indicator Light MIL to illumi nate If the SENIGE light illuminates be cause the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ONE light should turn off after a SOON few driving trips If the TONE light N does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer If your vehicle is equipped with the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message will display if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be dis played Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is displayed may ERVI z cause the ONE Malfunction Indica SOON tor Light MJ to illuminate Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 e For additional information see the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section in this manual e If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage WPD0470 LOOSE LRS2001 To remove the fuel filler cap 1 Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to remove 2 Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling To install the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube 2 Turn the fuel filler cap cloc
141. Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo Occupants Luggage should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Load limit Remaining available lbs on your vehicle s placard 1 400 1b F F LO ee sh ri 2 Determine the combined weight of 640 kg ead capaci the driver and passengers that will be 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 1 040 Ib Fangio le 70 kg 135 kg 14kg 27 kg 472 kg 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the avail Load limit Remaining available able amount of cargo and luggage 1 400 Ib R R R R R he ie ia i cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the 640 kg Joad capacity XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib 500 Ib there will be five 150 Ib passengers 70 kg 340 kg 14kg 70 kg 227 kg in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 X 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg Occupants Luggage WTI10169 Example Technical and consumer information 9 15 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or
142. THE TOUCH SCREEN ACAUTION The glass display screen may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass screen breaks do not touch it Doing so could result in an injury To clean the display never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To help ensure safe driving some functions can not be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then oper ate the navigation system AWARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving e Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident E SETUP e Audio E System Navigation Fa Traffic Info ee xm LHA1476 Touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select For example to select the Audio key touch the Audio key on the screen Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 3
143. The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition switch in any position except the ON posi tion The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position with the ignition switch in any position except the ON position Press the ti within 5 seconds button on the keyfob again e All doors and the rear hatch trunk unlock The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the ignition switch and placing the ignition switch in the ON or START position locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing the interior light switch to the OFF position Auto relock Whenthe M button on the keyfob is pressed all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is per formed Any door is opened A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the switch is cycled from OFF to ON D w G Using the panic alarm LPD0211 If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 21 button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds The panic alarm stops when it has run for 25 seconds or any b
144. UTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Appearance and care 7 5 Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present
145. When the random mode is active the iconwill be displayed to the left of the song title If an MP3 CD is playing touch ing Random alternates between randomly play ing songs within the current folder and songs from the CD as a whole The gt _ icon is dis played to the left of the song title or folder name to denote which pattern is applied To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until no gt iconis displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the CD When the repeat mode is active the O icon will be displayed to the left of the song title If an MP3 CD is playing touch ing Repeat alternates between repeating the current song and repeating the current folder The O icon is displayed to the left of the song title or folder name to denote which pattern is applied To cancel Repeat mode touch the Re peat key until no O icon is displayed Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 45 Browse Touch the Browse key to display the titles on the CD in list format Touch the title of a song in the list to begin playing that song If an MP3 CD is playing touching the Browse key will also list the folders on the disc Follow the procedure for selecting a song with the touchscreen to choose a folder lt Press and hold the SEEK CATEGORY button lt or gt for 1 5 seconds while the com pact disc is playing to reverse or
146. able Transmission CVT fluid 8 13 4 speed automatic transmission fluid 8 14 Temperature conditions for checking 8 14 Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid 8 15 Brake FU aeann rennene nian cee wennt ranei 8 16 Clutch fluid if so equipped eee eee 8 16 Windshield washer fluid 000 cece eee 8 16 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 0 8 16 BALL ONY icc tisk Sand ea OE E EAEE S 8 17 Jump Stanno eirian atie en e 8 18 Drive Delesseria a e E E EENE 8 19 Spark plugsiacssiedcrinetoweawevisadevewewe eva 8 20 Replacing spark plugs csc e eee eee 8 20 Air cleaner iss ii cceccceweceawe etn eaiaded ed een ee ini 8 21 Windshield wiper blades 0 0c cece eae 8 21 Cleaning s amenet barinn meson wee 8 21 Replacing 2 ktiscrd vacate tsb E REE s 8 22 Brak S epaiei tennist t oone DEE sug asiahee pases anaes 8 23 FUSOS eta c cath ueteri enen ENNE sees EEANN NETES 8 24 Engine compartMenteesirsreseesreosi cece cena 8 24 Passenger compartment 0 e eee 8 26 Battery replacement 0 cece eee eee eee 8 28 Keyfob if so equipped 6 cece eee eee ee 8 28 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 8 30 HIGHS cenia oakley teaches cae haunes given 8 31 HeadlightS 3 2 00iweteer sienna ete dteaee aia 8 31 Exterior and interior lights 0008 8 32 Wheels and tireSticcccoc2cc sees eee eieaen cease 8 36 Mi
147. aded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in
148. afety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recom mends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use 1 21 LARGER CHILDREN Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 36 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoul der belt fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdo men The booster s
149. al information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel
150. al load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit DETERMINING VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY The load capacity of this vehicle is deter mined by weight not by available cargo space For example a luggage rack bike carrier cartop carrier or similar equipment does not increase load carrying capacity of your vehicle To determine vehicle load capacity Vehicle weight can be determined by us ing a commercial grade scale found at places such as a truck stop gravel quarry grain elevator or a scrap metal recycling facility 1 Determine the curb weight of your vehicle 2 Compare the curb weight amount to the GVWR specified for your vehicle to determine how much more weight your vehicle can carry 3 After loading cargo and passen gers re weigh your vehicle to deter mine if either GVWR or GAWR for your vehicle is exceeded If GVWR is exceeded remove cargo as neces sary If either the front or rear GAWR is exceeded shift the load or remove cargo as necessary
151. ale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any continuously variable transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Do ing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis sion parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Manual Transmission if so equipped Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral e After towing 500 miles 805 km start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neu tral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles 805
152. amp several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD ad vances one additional track The track number appears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When the SEEK TRACK button is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press the SEEK TRACK button several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back one track Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 39 SCAN RPT button When the SCAN RPT button is pressed while a compact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD REPEAT TRACK RANDOM TRACK RE PEAT DISC CD with MP3 or WMA REPEAT FOLDER REPEAT TRACK RAN DOM TRACK RANDOM FOLDER REPEAT DISC REPEAT TRACK the current track will be re peated RANDOM TRACK all tracks on the disc will be played randomly REPEAT DISC play pattern returns to normal REPEAT FOLDER the current folder will be re peated RANDOM FOLDER all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the front of the radio The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a por table cassette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the
153. an tye barn nates Ri 6 7 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 13 FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will acti vate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible remind ers in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section 6 2 Incase of emergency AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an acci dent and could result in serious per sonal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and L
154. apan n i A E ous 2 28 Console box if so equipped e eee 2 29 Covered storage bin 20e eee eee 2 29 Cargo cover if so equipped Hatchback models only 0 0000eeee ees 2 29 NINO OWS eneen Eee Tea Sat ardent ara moans 2 31 Power windows if so equipped 5 2 31 Manual windows if so equipped 5 2 33 Moonroof if so equipped 6 cece eee eee ee 2 34 Automatic moonroof 6 cece eee eee 2 34 InteriOrlight 2204420 cdeiucckee week tea nee emio 2 36 Map lights if so equipped eee eee ee eee 2 36 Trunk light Sedan if so equipped 08 2 37 Luggage compartment light Hatchback 2 37 INSTRUMENT PANEL 2726 25 2423 22 21 2019 181716 WIC1599 aly Outside mirror control switch 3 if so equipped P 3 31 2 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 21 4 2 2 Instruments and controls Steering wheel switch for audio control and Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 53 4 56 Driver s supplemental air bag horn P 1 41 2 24 Meters and gauges P 2 3 10 T 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
155. ard lt gt again to tilt the moonroof up To tilt the moonroof down push the switch toward LS A WARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing ACAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening e Do not place heavy objects on the moonroof or surrounding area Resetting the moonroof switch The moonroof switch may not operate properly after the battery terminal is disconnected the electrical supply interrupted and or some mal function is detected Use the following reset pro cedure to return moonroof operation to normal 1 If the moonroof is open close it fully by repeatedly pushing the gt side of the moonroof switch 2 Push and hold the lt side of the moon roof switch to tilt the moonroof up 3 Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof moves slightly up and down 4 Push and hold the gt side of the moon roof switch to fully tilt the moonroof down 5 Check if the moonroof switch operates nor mally If the moonroof still does not operate properly have the moonroof system checked and if nec essary repaired by a NISSAN dealer Auto reverse function when closing or tilting down the moonroof
156. arties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment pro cedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals and genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone num ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center
157. arting and driving section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label The vehicle weight ca pacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your ve hicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire fail
158. aying the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play DISP TEXT button When the DISP TEXT button is pressed while a CD is playing the display will change as follows CD Track number Disc title Song title Track number CD with MP3 or WMA Track number Folder title Album title Artist Song title Track number A Vv TUNE FF REW FOLDER Reverse or Fast Forward button CD When the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button a fast forward or Y reverse is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed CD with MP3 or WMA When the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button a fast forward or Y reverse is pressed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing the folders in the CD will change When the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button 4 fast forward or Y reverse is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed VW SEEK TRACK button A When the SEEK TRACK button 4 is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track following the present one starts to play from the beginning Press the SEEK TRACK button
159. bbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed WRSO700 LATCH lower anchor location LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0661 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer 1 25 LRS0662 LATCH rigid mounted attachment When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint Top tether anchor AWARNING e If the cargo cover if so equipped con tacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor re move the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location If the cargo cov
160. be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest The supplemental air bag warning light is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system See SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT in this section for more de tails If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual WRS0897 LRSO100 1 SRS Air Bag Warning Labels located on the sun visors SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying 2 in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits for the air bag systems preten sioners and all related wiring When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 sec
161. become loose or come off This could cause an accident e Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose e Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side cenier pillar 5 Securely store the flat tire in the vehicle 6 Install the jack in its storage area and tighten the jack strap 7 Place the spare tire cover and the floor cov ering over the damaged tire 8 Close the hatch or trunk AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop e The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this man
162. being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the track returns to normal play speed Random and repeat play mode While the iPod is playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the iPod When the random mode is active the icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until no icon is displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the iPod When the repeat mode is active the J icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat u gt mode touch the Repeat key untilno 47 icon is displayed LHA1498 USB INTERFACE if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB input jack The USB input jack is located in the center con sole Open the protective cover Q on the USB jack then insert the USB device into the jack When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation AUX button Place the ignition switch in
163. ble and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling e Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire e Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause SERVICE the ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to come on e Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid ACAUTION Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the Gigi Mal i
164. cantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check all 4 tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPM
165. carrying the Intelligent Key the battery is completely discharged Replace the battery with a new one See Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section When closing the doors Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 HOOD AWARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident ah If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood D y aia WPD0463 1 Pull the hood lock release handle 1 located Hold the coated parts when removing or below the instrument panel until the hood resetting the support rod Avoid direct con springs up slightly tact with the metal parts as they may be hot immediately after the engine has been stopped 2 Locate the lever in between the hood and grille and push the lever sideways with your fingertips When closing the hood return the support rod to i its original position lower the hood to approxi 3 Raise the hood a 2 ee 30 cm above the pea and 4 Remove the support rod andinsertitinto release it This allows proper engagement of the the slot hood latch 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments REAR HATCH Hatchback Push the rear hatch request switch or door A WARNING handle request switch if equipped
166. cated in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occu pants However all of the information cau tions and warnings in this manual still ap ply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in cer tain side collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing con dition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in the front and rear outboard seating po sitions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags a
167. cee eee eee eee 2 8 Waning lights 22 sccctnwe teecas tei eeed coda ed 2 8 Indicator lights si ccscc0cawies Pete aves imak 2 13 Audible reminders s 2cccccesciesntecrwaere ese 2 15 Security SYStOMS e estei peen AEE EnA ENa 2 16 Vehicle security system if so equipped 2 16 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 2 17 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 Switch operation 0 eee eee eee eee 2 19 Rear window wiper and washer switch if so equipped e 22scanceeneameee in eaa eae 2 20 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defrost r SWitOhi ss ssrers iei nst i siaa aces aunts 2 20 Headlight and turn signal switch 008 2 21 Headlight control switch 0c cee eee 2 21 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 22 Instrument brightness control 005 2 22 Turn signal SWitch c 00 222 0cee ced ireset sisisi 2 23 Fog light switch if so equipped 5 2 23 Hazard warning flasher switch 00008 2 23 HOM Sweet E E E tan tiiien sede nied 2 24 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch if so equipped 0 2 24 POWSMOUUCE ricsei nerus conio robienia enei 2 25 St ra 0 serren orrei eee 2 25 Map pockets i eccsi cine reyens ioiees miners 2 25 Storage thayS c accicnieer wees ed eediandennes we 2 26 Sunglasses holder if so equipped 2 27 Cup holders scen arra tanso reo a o tess 2 27 GIOVE BOX res
168. certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements One sensor used is the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor It is in the bottom of the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described later For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag Sys tem is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regula tions is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF Occupant classification sensor opera tion can vary depending on the front passenger seat belt sensors The front passenger seat belt sensors are de signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the seat belt such as when it is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system classification sensor and the belt tension de tected on the seat belt the Advanced Air Bag System determines whether the front passenger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as required by the regulations Front passenger seat adul
169. characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on the vehicle center screen We recommend using English language charac ters with an iPod Large video podcast files cause slow re sponses in the iPod The vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover If the iPod automatically selects large video podcast files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly The iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using the iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on the iPod The iPod nano 1st Generation may re main in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod If you are using an iPod 8rd Generation with Dock connector do not use very long names for the song title album name or artist name to prevent the iPod from resetting itself Be careful not to do the following or the cable could be damaged and a loss of func tion may occur Bend the cable excessive
170. charged 2 12 Instruments and controls See NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section P position selecting warning SEI light for models with NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped The light blinks red and the warning buzzer sounds if you are outside of the vehicle with the Intelligent Key and the engine is off but the shift selector is not in the P Park position When the warning light blinks place the ignition switch in the ON position move the shift selector to the P Park position then place the ignition switch in the LOCK position Seat belt warning light and or chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage a Supplemental air bag warning lig
171. ck Such objects may interfere with the proper Operation of the occupant classifica tion sensor pressure sensor e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in seri ous personal injury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unau thorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A ED LRS0259 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag systems The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are lo
172. cle overheats in the In case of emer gency section Ky Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all 4 tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad justed After the tire is inflated to the rec ommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pres sure gauge
173. collision Also it can change the operation of the front pas senger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section When installing a child restraint system in the rear center position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured See Attaching the center seat belt in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 WRS0256 Rear facing step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions WRSO761 Rear facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0669 Rear facing step 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor AL
174. core Air flow 7 5 Air recirculation control Temperature control Fan Air Temp Air flow recirculation control control control control MAX COLD o 4 A C gt LEFT WHA1192 4 16 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER if so equipped The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual ANISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM if so equipped RADIO Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the PWR button to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be placed in the ACC position Radio recep
175. creasing fuel economy 5 27 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders cee Se eee we ae wee ee a 2 7 Inside mirror ee 3 30 Instrument brightness control 2 22 Instrument panel ga tea eaa ed 0 7 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 22 Intelligent Key system Key operating range 3 12 Mechanical key 00004 3 3 Remote keyless entry operation 3 17 Troubleshooting guide 3 21 Warning signals 000 3 21 Intenionlight lt eeg 32256404 avedtael 2 36 Interior trunk lid release 2 0 000 3 26 iPod Players ccs ea eee a eS 4 47 4 49 ISOFIX child restraints 1 24 J JUMP starting acs com aco doe aai we ew eS 6 7 K Keyfob battery replacement 8 28 Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 3 17 Keys Except Intelligent Key 3 2 Keys For Intelligent Key system 3 2 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 12 C M V S S certification label 2 2 9 11 Emission control information label 9 12 Engine serialnumber 9 11 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Warning labels for SRS 1 55 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren OVSIOM ci a ae Hee ee ea a ea
176. curs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a mal function Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available unless there is an active XM satellite radio service subscription Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If satellite radio is not operational then pressing the RADIO button will switch between FM and AM bands Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception 4 18 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems COMPACT dE w LHA0099 AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc CD player A CAUTION
177. d owner s manual ENTER and BACK buttons Press the ENTER button while the top menu is displayed to show program details on the audio display Use the SEEK buttons 4 or to scroll through the choices and press the ENTER button to make a selection Press the BACK button to return to the previous display iPod play information Press the DISP TEXT button for less than 1 5 seconds while a program is playing to change the displayed program information as follows 4 48 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Excluding Podcast Album Title Artist Name Song Title Normal Mode Podcast Album Title Song Title Normal Mode For more information about Podcasts see the iPod owner s manual TUNE FF REW FOLDER button When the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button is pressed 4 or for more than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or reversing When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed When the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button is pressed 4 or for less than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played SCAN RPT button Press the SCAN RPT button while a track is playing to change the play pattern as follows Excluding Podcast and Audiobook ALL RPT TRK RPT ALL RDM ALBUM RDM Podcast ALL RPT TRK RPT
178. d driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift selector out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift selector into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion The automatic transmission is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift selector cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position WSD0224 To move the shift selector Push the button A while depressing the m brake pedal D Push the button to shift D Shift without pushing button Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal push the shift selector button and move the shift selector out of the P Park position AWARNING e Apply the parking brake if the shift se lector is in any position while the en gine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unex pectedly or roll away and result in seri ous personal injury or property damage e If the shift selector cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunc
179. d restraint adjustment information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint LRSO671 Forward facing step 4 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments 5 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack WRS0697 Forward facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured pr
180. d the amp button for more than 5 seconds 4 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or press the SOURCE PHONE END a button to select a dif ferent language 5 Press the l button For information on selecting a different lan guage see Choosing a language in this section 6 Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system 7 When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the amp button 8 The SA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will announce that speaker ad aptation has been completed and the sys tem is ready The SA mode will stop if e The buttonis pressed for more than 5 seconds in SA mode The vehicle begins moving during SA mode The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the SA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phonebook transfer entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number incoming transfer entry eight pause nine three two
181. d the maximum permissible in flation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself TYPES OF TIRES AWARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement t
182. da This device complies with RSS 210 of In dustry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference in cluding interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb They can be replaced from inside the engine compartment without removing the headlight as sembly See a NISSAN dealer for replacing the head lights ACAUTION e Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed e Only touch the base when handling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could significantly affect bulb life and or headlight performance e High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped e Use the same number and wattage as shown in the chart Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A t
183. de air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition switch should always be placed in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AWARNING e Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the ac tivated pretensioner must also be re placed The air bag module and preten sioner should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and preten sioner cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag or pretensioner systems or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 57 2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel lt ceisece crewe teeny e ce veeneneeces 2 2 Metsers and gauges i cnc cirrosi toa eine trsi 2 3 Speedometer and odometer naasa suecs eeren 2 4 LEIE T E E E EE 2 5 FUG GAUGES is E E T 2 5 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 7 Checking bulbs 00
184. de impact airbag syst m sna gen dod aha et ee oa 1 52 Switch Automatic power window switch 2 32 Fog light Switeh s iea dee atta a 2 23 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 23 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 21 Headlight control switch 2 21 Ignition switch 2 2 ee ee 5 7 Overdrive switch 0005 5 17 Power door lock switch 3 6 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWICK ep euri Bt re wes ee ae Spleen 2 20 Rear window wiper and washer SWITCHES 2 acu ae al ee a ea ee E 2 20 Turn signal switch lt o eaaa naa 2 23 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWITCH gt des peaa sia t p Ba Aas 2 24 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 T Tachometer 0 eee ee 2 5 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 17 3 4 5 12 Three way catalyst 2 2 004 5 2 Tilting steering wheel 3 29 Tire Flattire a 2 c ie6 2 Rare a de ek ed 6 2 Spare tires pa e ee eee eee ae 6 3 8 46 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Tireschains lt ss 2 3 gees ke has ald 8 43 Tire placard 4 csca nc ae ee ae eS 9 12 Tire pressure osc oce ee 8 36 Tiresrotation wc et wow ek ae ak a 8 43 Types of tir s o saa eR ee ee 8 42 Uniform tire quality grading 9 17 Wheels andtires 000 8 36 Wheel tire size 2 eee 9 9 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 10 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS
185. ded period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not attach the keyfob with a key holder that contains a magnet e Do not place the keyfob near equip ment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and per sonal computers If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments M q LPD0209 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors 1 Close all windows Remove the key from the ignition switch 2 3 Close all doors and the rear hatch trunk 4 Press the button on the keyfob All the doors lock The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pressed with all doors locked the hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked e lf a door is open and you press the button the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard lights will not flash The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silenc ing the horn beep feature later in this section for details a LPD0210 Unlocking doors Press the button on the keyfob once Only the driver s door unlocks
186. der is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 21 Specification chart Supported le systems MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR versions 1 WMA WMA7 WMA8 WMAQ Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz 48 kops 102 Kops VBR Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 Di playable character codes 2 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 22 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Cannot play Poor sound quality It takes a relatively long time before the music starts playing Music cuts off or skips Skipping with high bit rate Moves immediately to the Songs do not play back in Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check
187. des electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that 1 or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM if so equipped The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various s
188. dow switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the front and rear passenger windows To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch Instruments and controls 2 31 It 7 LIC0718 v D LIC0718 Itt S LIC0410 Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push the switch and hold it down To close the window pull the switch up 2 32 Instruments and controls Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down To close the window pull the switch up Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening To fully close a window equipped with automatic operation pull the switch up to the second detent and
189. e This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 WPD0402 Hatchback OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments WPD0403 Sedan If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors WPD0375 DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAUTION Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli gent Key is outside the vehicle After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors a
190. e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player e Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer e Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly e Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges e This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following m
191. e USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the audio file returns to normal play speed Random and repeat play mode While files on a USB device are playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the USB device When the random mode is active the 2 iconis displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Ran dom mode touch the Random key until no gt iconis displayed 4 52 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the USB device When the repeat mode is active the O icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until no O icon is displayed A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated 1 LHA0049 WHAO0785 CD CARE AND CLEANING 1 Tuning switch 2 Ph ti itch e Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the 3 ai ear OCE select disc Never touch the surface of the disc i switch e A
192. e adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint Do not use the seat if the head restraint has been re moved If the head restraint was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head re straint before an occupant uses the seat ing position Failure to follow these in structions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraints This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision 4 2 3 LRS2000 LRS0887 The illustration shows the seating positions Components equipped with head restraints All of the head restraints are adjustable A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint For sedan models only the rear outboard seating positions are headrests See Adjustable headrests Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or adjustable headrest 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ON Head restraint Adjustment notches Lock knob Stalks 4 ka v WRS0134 LRS0888 LRS0889 Adjustment To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of the seat occupant s ears Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 LRS0890
193. e by towing it When the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle 6 10 Incase of emergency IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS If your vehicle is overheating indicated by a red high temperature warning light s or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire e To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift selector to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Park AT or CVT Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner if so equipped Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting bu
194. e center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0674 Rear facing step 4 4 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of ve hicles 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 4 WRS0256 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING e The three point seat belt with Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child ina sudden stop or
195. e eee 5 33 Tire SCQUIPMEME 0 2 doe cas cneinnch doar ditetina cuales 5 33 Special winter equipment 00 5 34 Driving on SNOW OF ICE eee eee 5 34 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 34 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury 5 2 Starting and driving EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehic
196. e pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS ACAUTION e The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly ae Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary See Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual NISSAN Intelligent Key lock warning light M T models if so equipped Wh
197. e regular clock display after 10 seconds or press the MENU button again to return to the regular clock display Resetting the time Hold the MENU button down and then press the TUNE SEEK button the time will reset as fol lows Ifthe displayed minutes before the reset are in the range of 00 29 the hour displayed before the reset will stay the same and the minutes will be reset to 00 Ifthe displayed minutes before the reset are in the range of 30 59 the hour displayed before the reset will advance by one hour and the minutes will be reset to 00 For example if the MENU button and the TUNE SEEK button are pressed while the time displayed is between 8 00 and 8 29 the display will be reset to 8 00 If the buttons were pressed while the time was between 8 30 and 8 59 the display will be reset to 9 00 At the same time the display will return to the audio FM AM radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change from AM gt FM reception The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 27 A Manual tuning VY TUNE SEEK buttons Pressthe M or button forless than 0 5 seconds for manual tuning SEEK tuning Press the or button for more than 1 5 seconds to see
198. e speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road condi tions the weather and individual driving habits For normal acceleration in low altitude areas less than 4 000 ft 1219 ml GEAR CHANGE MPH km h HR16DE MR18DE 1st to 2nd 15 24 8 13 2nd to 3rd 25 40 17 27 3rd to 4th 40 64 25 40 4th to 5th 45 72 36 58 5th to 6th 51 82 For quick acceleration in low altitude areas and high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1219 m Gear change MPH km h HR16DE MR18DE 1st to 2nd 15 24 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 25 40 3rd to 4th 40 64 40 64 Ath to 5th 45 72 45 72 5th to 6th 51 82 Starting and driving 5 23 Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will en sure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control GEAR MPH km h HR16DE MR18DE 1st 27 44 29 47 2nd 50 80 51 83 3rd 73 118 74 120 Ath 5th 6th 5 24 Starting and driving PARKING BRAKE A WARNING e Be sure t
199. e start 2 17 3 4 Ventilators ee ee VISOS ix 26 ai 2 GS ae yale Dhl We WwW Warning Air bag warning light 2 6 1 55 Anti lock brake warning light Battery charge warning light Brake warning light Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Hazard warning flasher switch Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light Low windshield washer fluid warning light 22 04 44 baw eed Gea aS Passenger air bag and status light Seat belt warning light Vehicle security system Warning indicator lights and audible reminders Warning labels for SRS Warning lights 0 0 0 0 004 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switches Windshield wiper and washer switch Weights See dimensions and weights Wheels andtires 2 2 0 2 000 5 12 Wheel tire size sie ge es tere ndaga eo 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another County s e se e ete a e ge dae el 9 10 Windows Locking passengers windows 2 32 Manual windows sasaaa aaa 2 33 Power rear windows 2 32 Power windows aaau 2 31 Rear power windows 2 32 Windshield washer fluid 8 16 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer SWITCHES Ace sci a ye ed ee eg 2 20 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 Wiper blades
200. e until the road is salted or sanded 5 34 Starting and driving Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control if so equipped on slippery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped AWARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be se riously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection e Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury e Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the prop
201. ear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be ad vised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers Technical and consumer information 9 21 MEMO 9 22 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System 5 30 Air bag See supplemental restraint SYSTEM p ies ae Be Re et 1 41 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact airbagsystem 1 48 Side and curtain See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact airbagsystem 1 52 Air bag warning labels 1 55 Air bag warning light 1 55 2 12 Air cleaner housing filter 8 21 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 12 Air conditioner service 4 17 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 7 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 9 Servicing air conditioner 4 17 Air flow charts 000 4 13
202. ear hatch Hatchback 00 c ccc eeeeeee ees 3 23 Opening the rear hatch 0 00005 3 23 Rear hatch release 06 cce eee eee eee 3 24 Trunk lid Sedan 00 c cece cece e eee ees 3 24 Key operatio Mesinas niione e nes won naana ders 3 25 Opening the trunk lid using the opener switch if so equipped s u 0 c cece ee eee 3 25 Interior trunk lid release 0 cece eee 3 26 Fuel filler doors occsincacitd irae nyen Wed e a 3 26 Opener operation serie sorore niione usna di eee 3 26 Fueltller Cap esr ireren o EEEN 3 27 Steering wheel uuusssruserrrurrrrrrrrrrrrrer 3 29 Wit Operationis srisssere insucesso p erricatoni 3 29 SUN VISOS erratean arra EEE E NE ENE 3 29 Vanity mirrors if so equipped a se 3 29 MiO S aioe aereu sage e rE a aE 3 30 Rearview MIMO 2 sos eae eee sade be ee het 3 30 Outside MifOrS sod ae dg edad se pendoeee hang dienes 3 30 KEYS 3 LPD0348 1 Two master keys black with transpon der chip and chrome NISSAN brand symbol on one side 2 Transponder chip 3 Key number plate A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments A
203. eat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occu
204. eat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certi fying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD RESTRAINTS ARS1098 PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS WRS0256 AWARNING e Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt ar
205. eble Fade and Balance press the MENU button until the desired mode appears in the display Press the TUNE SEEK button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the TUNE SEEK button to adjust Fade and Balance modes Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the MENU button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds Clock operation Press the MENU button until CLK ON or CLK OFF is displayed use the TUNE SEEK button to turn the clock display on or off Clock set If the clock is not displayed with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position you need to select the CLK ON mode Press the MENU but ton repeatedly until CLK OFF mode is displayed Use the TUNE SEEK button to enable CLK ON mode 1 Press the MENU button repeatedly until CLK ON mode appears 2 Press the MENU button again the time will start flashing 3 Press the TUNE SEEK button or to adjust the hour 4 Press the MENU button again the display will switch to the minute adjustment mode 5 The minutes will start flashing Press TUNE SEEK button just the minutes or to ad 6 Press the MENU button again to exit the clock set mode The display will return to th
206. echanical key Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as four NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function DOORS When the doors are locked using one of the following methods the doors can not be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle
207. ecially in cold weather 5 14 Starting and driving DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION if so equipped AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive 2 or 1 Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident e Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident e Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Doing so can cause a loss of engine braking which may result in a collision serious personal injury or death In ad dition coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission ACAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose e Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance an
208. ect in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents fire or electrical shock ACAUTION Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the sys tem may result in accident fire or electric shock CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped 1 2 3 D C DC NAV TRAF 5 MAP SETUP VOL TUNE SCROLL 49 OR Cy AUDIO C I LHA1474 TRAF button 41D brightness control button 2 Display screen 3 4 NAV button MAP button 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems SETUP button P 4 5 5 BACK button TUNE SCROLL knob Power button Volume control knob For Navigation system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will discharge the battery and the engine will not start Reference symbols Example Words marked in quotes refer to a key shown only on the display These keys can be selected by touching the screen HOW TO USE
209. eedback is given when the command is accepted If you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them e facommand is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Repeat the command ina clear voice If you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also press and hold the S _ button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session Whenever the VR ses sion is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system Ifyou want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the 4 button on the steering wheel To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the amp button and after the tone say Call Redial NOTE The combined command of Call and a Name cannot be used Ho
210. efog the windows 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the HY position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to the maxi mum position and the temperature control dial to the full hot position When the Y or a position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on how ever the indicator light will not illuminate In this position the air conditioner cannot be turned off When the air flow control is turned to any position other than eV or 7 the air conditioner light will illuminate the air conditioner will con tinue operating and can be turned off using the air conditioner button This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield Bi level heating This mode directs cooler air from the side and center vents and warmer air from the floor outlets When the temperature control dial is moved to the full hot or full cool position the air between the vents and the floor outlets is the same tem perature 1 Move the air intake lever to position Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 11 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the ad position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the
211. ehind the child restraint 3 Refer to the appropriate child restraint in stallation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0760 Sedan INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP sedan model First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear outboard seat positions only or the seat belt as applicable 1 Flip up the anchor cover Q from the anchor point which is located directly behind the child seat 2 If necessary raise or remove the head re straint to position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the 1 37 child restraint is removed See Head re straints in this section for head re straint adjustment removal and instal lation information 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the rear parcel shelf 4 Refer to the appropriate child restraint in stallation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats AWARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the ri
212. em confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry Record Name The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing This feature can also be used to record voice tags to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system Recent Calls Main Menu Recent Calls Outgoing Incoming Missed Use the Recent Calls command to access out going incoming or missed calls Outgoing Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Incoming Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made to the vehicle Missed Use the Missed command to list the calls made to the vehicle that were not answered Connect Phone NOTE The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Connect Phone Add Phone Select Phone Delete Phone Turn Bluetooth OFF 4 66 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the
213. emperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Item Wattage W Bulb No 1 Headlight assembly 2 High low Halogen 60 55 HB2 Turn 21 7507LF Front clearance light 5 WY5W Front fog light 2 if so equipped 35 H8 Map lights if so equipped 8 7Y Interior light 8 7Y Luggage compartment light hatchback Trunk light sedan if so equipped High mounted stop light Inside 921 Spoiler 2 if so equipped LED Hatchback 2 LED Rear combination light 2 Turn signal light 7507 LF Stop Tail 12499 LL Backup reversing 12498 License plate light 2 W5W 1 Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information 2 If replacement is required contact a NISSAN dealer 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Front view Map lights if so equipped Interior light Front fog light if so equipped Headlight assembly Rear view hatchback Rear view sedan 5 Luggage compartment light hatchback Trunk light sedan if so equipped 6 High mounted stop light 7 License plate light 8 Rear combination light PON gt WDI0575 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 SDI1805 Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacin
214. ems Do not operate the remote keyless entry keyfob while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored for a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn the interior lights on and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends on the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch ACAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob e Do not allow the keyfob which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the keyfob e Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the keyfob e Wetting may damage the keyfob If the keyfob gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 e Do not place the keyfob for an exten
215. en jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it 6 8 In case of emergency e If the battery of a vehicle equipped with the Intelligent Key system is dis charged the ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position even using the mechanical key Connect the jumper cables to another vehicle as in the case of a discharged battery and then the ignition knob can be moved from the LOCK position Then jump start the vehicle 7 E r EAE a Cloth Z SU Vehicle with os for A Cloth gt booster i Se WCE0054 A WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring their bat teries near each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch Apply the parking brake Move the shift se lector to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Park Automatic or Continuously Variable Transmission Switch off all unnec essary electrical systems lights heater air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with an old cloth to reduce explosion hazard Connect jumper cables in the sequence
216. en the ignition switch is left in the OFF position instead of completely placing it in the LOCK posi tion the Intelligent Key lock warning light blinks red and the Intelligent Key room buzzer will sound The light will keep blinking until the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK or ACC position Instruments and controls 2 11 If the Intelligent Key lock warning light blinks and the buzzer sounds press the PUSH release but ton next to ignition switch then place the ignition switch in either the LOCK or ACC position See NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section NISSAN Intelligent Key warning light if so equipped The Intelligent Key warning light illuminates green when the ignition switch can be turned The Intelligent Key warning light illuminates red when the ignition switch cannot be turned The Intelligent Key warning light blinks red if the Intelligent Key is taken outside of the vehicle while the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position If the Intelligent Key warning light blinks make sure of the location of the Intelligent Key as soon as possible The Intelligent Key should be carried by the driver while operat ing the vehicle The Intelligent Key warning light turns off about 10 seconds after the Intelligent Key is brought inside the vehicle The Intelligent Key warning light blinks green indicating that the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis
217. ensors to monitor driver inputs and ve hicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC System helps to perform the following functions Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle e Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following condi tions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steer ing input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it can not prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the ft indi cator in the instrument panel flashes so note the following Starting and driving 5 31 The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly e Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions See Slip indicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicat
218. er is not removed it may damage the top tether strap during a collision A child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Hatchback WRS0759 WRS0760 Sedan Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located on the back of the rear seats hatchback model or on the rear parcel shelf sedan model REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRS0801 Rear facing web mounted step 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 WRS0802 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 LRS0673 Rear facing step 3 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in th
219. er extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury Engine block heaters are available through NISSAN dealers to assist in cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts Starting and driving 5 35 MEMO 5 36 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency FAMINE fcc caea Seabee nie eae E hee eens 6 2 Push starting csicsas cuter wen een netaGen isrws 6 10 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS lf your Vehicle overheats eirese rreirsri tae meee cae 6 10 if so equipped sireci criei eee 6 2 Towing your vehicle 0 cece eee eee eee ee 6 11 Changing a flat tire 0 eee 6 2 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 12 Jump Stating missers annasan are abeli
220. ering warning light Engine oil pressure 2 10 warning light Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped NISSAN Intelligent Key lock warning light M T models if so equipped NISSAN Intelligent Key warning light if so equipped P position selecting warning light for models with NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped K Seat belt warning 2 12 light and chime Supplemental air 2 12 bag warning light Indicator Name light Automatic Transmis sion A T Con tinuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator light if so equipped Illustrated table of contents 0 11 Indicator Name light Cruise main switch Security indicator 2 14 ae li s ee equipped i Slip indicator light if 2 15 T Cruise set switch so equipped indicator light if so 15 S equipped Turn signal hazard 2 15 indicator lights Se Front passenger air E bag statusilight Vehicle Dynamic E High beam indicator Sonirol UDO off light blue indicator light if so equipped F Low temperature zsa indicator light blue SERVICE ENGINE SOON O D Overdrive OFF indi OFF cator light A T CVT models 0 12 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Seats ya eka cerns ante adeawnesaubeeees 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment
221. essages will be displayed CHECK DISC e Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc e Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA if so equipped CD Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 19 Compact disc with MP3 or WMA if so equipped Terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the sa
222. estraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating sur face and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors For details see LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem later in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces
223. et into the washer nozzle This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If something gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin Rear window wiper blade Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replace ment is required BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied The rear drum type brakes self adjust every time the parking brake is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte
224. evel in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty Instruments and controls 2 5 The gt indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle ACAUTION If the vehicle runs out of fuel the iene Malfunction Indicator Light SOON MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips SERVICE A the ENGINE light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Mal function Indicator Light MIL later in this section 2 6 Instruments and controls WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light if so equipped Brake warning light Charge warning light Door open warning light Electric power steering warning light Engine oil pressure warning light High temperature warning light red Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped CRUISE SET Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped NISSAN Intelligent
225. event the battery from becoming discharged For bulb replacement procedures refer to Exte rior and interior lights in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 37 MEMO 2 38 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments O Pence s een E eed cael eekaaes 3 2 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 3 2 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys 3 4 IDOOMS eare e oaea manane aE EAE ENDERS 3 4 Locking With key eessernerirr renine trent niai 3 5 Locking with inside lock knob 005 3 5 Locking with power door lock switch if so equipped 6 0 eee eee eee eee 3 6 Automatic door locks if so equipped 3 6 Child safety rear door lock 0 00085 3 7 Remote keyless entry system models without NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 3 7 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 8 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 3 10 Operating range 0 cee eee eee eee 3 12 Door locks unlocks precaution 005 3 12 NISSAN Intelligent Key operation 3 13 How to use the remote keyless entry TUNCHON i ereer random nantes thane diate eines 3 17 Warning lights and audible reminders 3 19 Warning signals seiersen elas otek 3 20 Troubleshooting guide 0 0 cee eee 3 21 HOO EE red ctaun EE deine Waele dated 3 22 R
226. fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forward ing When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed En gt SEEK CATEGORY button Press the SEEK CATEGORY button lt while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK CATEGORY button 4 several times to skip backward several tracks SEEK CATEGORY Reverse or Fast Forward button Press the SEEK CATEGORY button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CATEGORY button P several times to skip forward sev eral tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played 4 46 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems LHA1497 AUX button The AUX IN jack is located in the storage area above the audio system 4 The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a compatible device plugged into the AUX IN jack The AUX button is also used to switch the audio system to a source plugged into the USB input jack in the center console When a device is plugged into
227. fore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design without notice and with out obligation IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely ACAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully APD1005 If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen HS amp If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle 6 5 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING AWARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer
228. g for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied SSD0535 5 speed Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting depress the clutch pedal fully shift into the appropriate gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift selec tor If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could oc cur 5 1 Ba N R 6 4 Tt 2 amp YS SSD0552 6 speed Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd Ath up to 5th or 6th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed On the 5 speed manual transmission you cannot shift directly from 5th gear into R Reverse First shift into N Neutral then into R Reverse On the 6 speed manual transmission to back up lift up on the shift selector ring and then move it to the R Reverse position after stopping the vehicle completely The shift selector ring returns to its original posi tion when the shift selector is moved to the N Neutral position If it is difficult to move the shift selector into R Reverse or 1 1st shift into N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R Reverse or 1 1st Suggested up shift speeds The following are suggested vehicl
229. g a bulb first remove the lens lamp and or cover 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself f t Indicates bulb removal Indicates bulb installation EN Interior light Use a cloth to protect the housing SDI1499A WDI0624 LDI0625 SDI1873 Map lights if so equipped High mounted stop light sedan Luggage compartment light Use a cloth to protect the housing Open the trunk to access the bulb base Hatchback Use a cloth to protect the housing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 WDI0343 Trunk light Sedan 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitor ing System TPMS in the St
230. g child restraint AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or terri tories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child re straints later in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchor and Teth ers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See the Child restraints section for more information NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle S
231. gaging the ignition switch from the lock position Inserting the mechanical key into the ignition switch The interior light illuminates for 30 seconds when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by performing one of the following op erations e Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the remote controller Switching the room light switch in the OFF position WPD0374 Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 21 button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds The panic alarm stops when e lt has run for 25 seconds or Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key Pushing the request switch on the driver or passenger door with the Intelligent Key in range of the door handle WPD0362 Silencing the horn beep feature If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the Intelligent Key To deactivate Press and hold the and a buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash 3 times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and a buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The ha
232. ge to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and perfor mance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress WDI0258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information re gard
233. generate heat reduce bat tery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Do not tip the battery Keep the vent caps tight and the battery level Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Keep battery out of the reach of children Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 WDI0701 1 Remove the battery vent caps with a screw driver as shown 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0529 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill 3 Reinstall the battery vent caps Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer DRIVE BELT WDI0695 HR16DE engine Water pump Generator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor if so equipped Manual tensioner Tension checking point FON gt po WDI0638 MR18DE engine Automatic tensioner Generator Water pump Air conditioner comp
234. gnition switch is pushed in Doors lock with the door handle request switch or the rear hatch trunk request switch while the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position SPA2044 Sedan Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch or the rear hatch trunk request switch while any door is open However doors lock with the me chanical key even if any door is open Doors do not lock with the door handle request switch or the rear hatch trunk re quest switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with an other Intelligent Key ACAUTION e After locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles or the rear hatch trunk opener switch When locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession be fore operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle e The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been de tected by the Intelligent Key system Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked inside the vehicle lockout protec tion is equipped with the Intelligent Key When the driver s side door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is
235. h eae Se 2 29 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 18 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid s eani aoe aes ae ae i 8 13 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 044 5 18 Control panel buttons 00 4 2 Brightness contrast button 4 8 Enter DUtOR s 65 6 wae a ae ee es 4 2 Setting button 622822088 sae a 4 5 Controls Audio controls steering wheel 4 53 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 9 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 2 2 ee ee 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 8 9 Corrosion protection 00 7 5 Cruise GOOL s eae Err ek ee we 5 25 Cupholders c lt o crar sora eee rsa 2 27 Curtain side impact air bag system See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system 1 52 10 2 D Daytime running light system Canada only 2 22 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIER e darani doe ites eos EE E a 2 20 Dimensions and weights 9 9 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 22 Display controls see control panel buttons 4 2 Door loks e a 2 a a na a dade 88 3 4 3 5 Door open warning light aoaaa aaa 2 9 Drive belts sd sg ee ee be ee ee 8 19 Driving Cold weather driving 5 33 Driving with automatic transmission 5 14 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmissi
236. h soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 ENGINE OIL LDI0689 HR16DE engine CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself MR18DE engine LDI0520 SDI1597 HR16DE MR18DE engine 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks Q This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some engine oil be tween oil maintenance intervals depending on the severity of operating conditions or depending on the property of the engine oil used More engine oil is consumed by fre quent acceleration deceleration especially when the engine rpm is high Consumption is likely to be higher when the engine is new
237. he brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Automatic Transmission A T or Continu ously Variable Transmission CVT P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the shift selector in the P Park position without applying any brakes Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seat back recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints and headrests move up and down smoothly and the locks hold securely in all latched positions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes
238. he hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deac tivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position models with Intelligent Key system or when the key is re moved from the ignition switch models without Intelligent Key system To unlock the door manu ally use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side R LIC0716 CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the unlock position the door can be opened from the outside or the inside When the lever is in the LOCK position the door can be opened only from the out side REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM models without NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped A WARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use e The remote keyless entry keyfob trans mits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and com munication syst
239. he number you wish to call starting with the area code in single digit format If the system has trouble recognizing the correct phone number try entering the number in the following groups 3 digit area code 3 digit prefix and the last 4 digits For ex ample 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five as the 1st group then one two one as the 2nd group and three three five Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 61 four as the 3rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Dialing See How to say num bers in this section for more information 5 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 6 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options see List of voice commands in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the amp button on the steering wheel E Once the call has ended press the a button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the button on the steering wheel For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone When you press and re
240. he parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident e Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the shift selector in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged e Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident Bo WSD0169 To engage Pull the parking brake lever up To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Manual transmission models Place the shift selector in the N Neutral position Automatic Transmission A T or Con tinuously Variable Transmission CVT models Move the shift selector to the P Park posi tion 3 While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower the lever completely 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped ACCEL RES j 1 SS COAST SET CANCEL 3 ON OFF 4 2 LSD0160 ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch CANCEL switch 4 ON OFF switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL oOon gt If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to warn the driver e f the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control switch off and have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer The S
241. he play pattern can be changed as follows RDM gt Normal RDM Tracks from the disc that is currently play ing will be played randomly A CD EJECT button When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When the amp button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal When the amp button is pressed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will eject and the system will turn off CD IN indicator CD IN indicator appears on the display when the CD is loaded with the system on Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 29 CD eject button 30 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 1 2 3 5 6 LOAD PRESET A B C a cD ae RADIO Je 8 TUNE FF REW FOLDER eA 9 101112 19 LHA0659 1 CD LOAD button 7 DISP button 2 CD insert slot 8 CLOCK button 3 PRESET A B C button 9 SEEK TRACK FILE button 4 CD button 10 SCRL button 5 RADIO button 11 SCAN button 6 12 AUDIO button 4 13 Station and CD select 1 6 buttons 14 VOL control knob 15 PUSH PWR button 16 AUX button 17 AUX IN jack 18 RPT RDM button 19 TUNE FF REW FOLDER button No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio sta
242. he shift selec tor position See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational SET Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer OFF Sy Front passenger air bag status 21 light The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation see Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual High beam indicator light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Low temperature indicator light blue
243. hile the compact disc is being played the com pact disc will play while fast forwarding or re winding When the button is released the com pact disc will return to normal play speed W SEEK TRACK FILE A When the button is pressed for less than 1 5 seconds while a compact disc is playing the track being played returns to its beginning Press several times to skip back through tracks The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pressed When the 4 button is pressed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing the next track will start to play from its beginning Press several times to skip through tracks The compact disc will advance the number of times the button is pressed When the last track on the compact disc is skipped through the first track will be played A Vv TUNE FF REW FOLDER While playing a CD with MP3s press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button 4 or VY to scan forward or backward through available folders To fast forward or rewind through an audio track press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button 4 or Y for more than 1 5 sec onds SCAN button While listening to a CD press the SCAN button to preview the first 10 seconds of each track on the current CD playing Pressing the SCAN but ton during this 10 second period stops the scan and the CD remains on that track Press the SCAN button for more than 1 5 sec onds to preview 10 seconds of
244. his device may not cause interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence include interference that may cause undesired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli sions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY If the right side or left side wheels leave the road surface maintain c
245. ht When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off if the SRS air bag systems are opera tional This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the air bags and or pretensioner systems need servic ing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint systems air bag systems and or the pretensioners may not function properly For ad ditional details see Supplemental restraint sys tem in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS Automatic Transmission A T Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this indicator light shows t
246. iameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating DOT XX XX XXX XXXX XX XX t t 2 3 XXX t t t XXX XXXX 4 5 6 WDI0396 Example TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Manufac ture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not excee
247. iately ACAUTION Do not continue driving if the drive belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position PS Electric power steering warning light A WARNING e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the power steering warning light illumi nates After starting the engine the power steer ing warning light turns off This indicates the power steering system is operational If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the power steering warning light illumi nates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steer ing effort is required to operate the steering wheel especiall
248. ible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat 1 39 Booster seat installation ACAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Retractor mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child restraints and Booster seats sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat re WRS0699 1 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position 2 Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0454 Front passenger position 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head re straint to
249. ic S ATF is not available Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF may also be used NOTE If the vehicle has been driven for a long time at high speeds or in city traffic in hot weather the fluid level cannot be read ac curately You should wait until the fluid has cooled down about 30 minutes before checking fluid level BRAKE AND CLUTCH if so equipped FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING e Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch if so equipped systems The use of improper fluids can damage the brake and clutch system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability e Clean the filler cap before removing Brake and clutch fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children ACAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID POY wA SDI1958 SDI1866 BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equ
250. igned to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvenis and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any dri
251. il lustrated ACAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes For Intelligent Key system equipped models use the mechanical key to start the engine 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started ACAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting the engine carefully disconnect the negative cable and then the positive cable 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid In case of emergency 6 9 PUSH STARTING ACAUTION e Do not push start this vehicle The three way catalyst may be damaged e Automatic Transmission AT or Con tinuously Variable Transmission CVT models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage e For manual transmission models never try to start the vehicl
252. in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the following systems Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted 1 41 Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the driver and front passenger seat belts
253. ine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid e Never leave the engine or the transmis sion related component harness con nector disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS e gt a WDI0715 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself HR16DE Engine Model Engine oil filler cap Brake and clutch 1 fluid reservoir Air cleaner Battery Fuse fusible link box Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF dipstick 2 7 Radiator cap 8 Engine coolant reservoir 9 Engine oil dips
254. ine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants earlier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval 9 6 Technical and consumer information Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the
255. ing positions Manual transmission model Move the shift selector to N Neutral De press the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking the engine The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully de pressed Intelligent Key system models Slowly push and turn the ignition switch when the Intelligent Key system warning light LO in the meter illuminates in green the ignition switch can be turned The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignition switch When ghe Intelligent Key system warning light a A T or CVT models or ms Intel ligent Key lock warning light H M T models in the meter blinks in red and the inside warning buzzer emits a short beep be sure that the shift selector is in the P Park position A T or CVT models and the igni tion switch is securely returned to the LOCK position The Intelligent Key system warning light E A T or CVT models or the Intelligent Key lock warning light lt H M T models blinking in red turns off by performing the following operations Return the ignition switch to the LOCK position Place the ignition switch in the ACC po sition When the buzzer beeps 4 times continu ously check for the following The ignition switch is returned to the LOCK position The mechanical key is not inserted into the ignition switch The inside warning buzzer stops when one of the following is performed Return the igniti
256. ing light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re paired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with out warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage Maintenance and do it yourself 8 45 e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is
257. ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0259 1 2 Tire wear and damage Wear indicator Location mark AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information
258. ion you need to select the CLK ON mode Press the MENU but ton repeatedly until CLK OFF mode is displayed Use the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button to en able CLK ON mode 1 Press and hold the CLOCK button until the clock display starts to flash the SEEK TRACK button 4 to adjust the hours 3 Press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button 4 or Y 2 Press or to adjust the minutes Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 37 4 Press the CLOCK button again to exit the clock set mode If no action is taken the display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds DISP display button This button works during FM CD and iPod operation See the detailed function for this but ton in the section for each mode iPOD MENU ENTER and BACK buttons These buttons can only be used for iPod opera tions See iPod Player Operation without Navi gation System later in this section for details about the functions of these buttons FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from
259. ion and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position 1 between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder Starting and driving 5 9 SSD0392 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION if so equipped The ignition lock is designed so the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and removed until the shift selector is placed in the P Park posi tion When removing the key from the ignition switch make sure the shift selector is in the P Park position If the shift selector is not returned the to P Park position the ignition switch cannot be moved to the LOCK position 5 10 Starting and driving To remove the key from the ignition switch 1 Shift the shift selector to the P Park posi tion with the ignition switch in the ON posi tion 2 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion 3 Remove the key from the ignition switch If the shift selector is shifted to the P Park position after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position or when the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the shift selector into the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition switch slightly toward the ON position 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 4 Remove the key The shift selector is designed so it cannot moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positi
260. ion will change to that frequency To return to the regular radio display screen touch the OK key Tuning with the TUNE SCROLL knob The radio can also be manually tuned using the TUNE SCROLL knob When in FM or AM mode turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to the left for lower frequencies or to the right for higher frequencies When in XM mode turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change the channel En gt SEEK tuning When in FM or AM mode press the SEEK CATEGORY button 4 or gt to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station When in XM mode press the SEEK CATEGORY button or gt to change the category 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band Eighteen stations can be set for the XM band 6 for XM1 6 for XM2 6 for XM3 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the radio band XM1 XM2 or XM3 using the XM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual or seek tuning Press and hold any of the de sired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 4 44 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected
261. ior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 6 FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the opera tion of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section When installing a child restraint system in the rear center position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured See Attaching the rear center seat belt in this section 1 33 WRS0699 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat ie If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and there fore must not be used in the front seat 2
262. ir passed through heater core DEFROSTING t t t QE Air passed through BI LEVEL DEFOGGING heater core HEATING Air flow RN control Air recirculation control Air flow Temperature control control Air recirculation control Temperature control Fan control A C button Air Air P Fan recirculation Temp Air flow Fan recirculation Temp Air flow control control control control control control control control R HOT HOT oe So eS Ram HY ED e quam s WHA1185 WHA1186 4 14 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems HEATING m Air passed through heater core Air flow control Air recirculation control Temperature control asco Fan control A C button Air Fan recirculation Temp Air flow control control control control KA HOT e Cyr eS RIGHT 4 WHA1187 HEATING amp Air passed DEFROSTING through DEFOGGING heater core Air flow K Air recirculation control control Temperature control Fan control A C button Air r Fan recirculation Temp Air flow control control control control a We So So RIGHT tv WHA1188 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 15 COOLING if so equipped D ml Alf not passed heater
263. ires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Neve
264. is pressed to turn the radio on When the XM button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on orn CI CAT XXXXX CH XXXXX XXXXXXXX D XXXXXXXX LHA1492 While the radio is in XM mode the operation can be controlled through the touchscreen Touch the Channels key to display a list of channels Touch a channel displayed on the list to change to that channel Touch the Categories key to display a list of categories Touch a category displayed on the list to display options within that category Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 43 FM1 P3 XX X MHz HHHH 88 90 92 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 108 LHA1489 Tuning with the touchscreen When in AM or FM mode the radio can be tuned using the touchscreen To bring up the visual tuner touch the Tune key on the lower right corner of the screen A screen appears with a bar running from low frequencies on the left to high frequencies on the right Touch the screen at the location of the frequency you wish to tune and the stat
265. ivalent Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself CLUTCH FLUID if so equipped Check the clutch fluid level in the reservoir manual transmissions only If the fluid level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR To check the windshield washer fluid level use your finger to plug the center hole of the cap tube assembly then remove it from the reservoir If there is no fluid in the tube add fluid Add a washer solvent to the windshield washer fluid reservoir for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Fol low the manufacturer s instructions for the mix ture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Fluid Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for windshield washer solution This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid co
266. justable headrest AN Adjustable headrest Adjustment notches Lock knob Stalks Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 4 Ea v WRS0134 LRS0888 LRS0889 Adjustment To raise the headrest pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the headrest down Adjust the headrest so the center is level with the center of the seat occupant s ears 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0890 LRS0891 Removal Use the following procedure to remove the ad justable headrests ils Pull the headrest up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob 3 4 Remove the headrest from the seat Store the headrest properly so it is not loose in the vehicle Reinstall and properly adjust the headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion Install 1 Align the headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure the headrest is facing the correct direction The stalk with the ad justment notches T must be installed in the hole with the lock knob Push and hold the lock knob and push the headrest down Properly adjust the headrest before an oc cupant uses the seating position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 SEAT BELTS
267. k through the frequencies Seek tuning begins from low to high frequencies or high to low frequencies depending on which button is pressed and stops at the next broad casting station Once the highest broadcasting station is reached the radio continues in the seek mode at the lowest broadcasting station Station memory operations 18 stations can be set for the FM and AM radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of AM or FM stations 1 Press the PRESET A B C button to change between storage banks The radio displays the icon A B or C to indicate which set of presets are active 2 Tune to the desired station using manual TUNE or SEEK tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pressed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play
268. key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing To insert the disc first press the but ton If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the com pact disc was playing pressing the PWR button will start the compact disc Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm diameter compact discs in the CD changer LOAD button To insert a CD in the CD changer press the load button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading slot by pressing the CD insert select button 1 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer press the load button for more than 1 5 seconds The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate on the display when CDs are loaded into the changer CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with the com pact disc loaded with the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play 4 34 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems TUNE FF REW FOLDER Fast Forward and Rewind A When the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button is pressed 4 fast forward or Y rewind w
269. km of towing may cause damage to internal transmission parts Automatic Transmission if so equipped To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product Continuously Variable Transmission if so equipped To tow a vehicle equipped with a continuously variable transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufac turer s recommendations when using their prod uct UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service p
270. kwise until it clicks The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments Loose Fuel Cap warning message The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message if so equipped displays in the odometer when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed To turn off the warning message do the following 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as pre viously described as soon as possible 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks 3 Push the loose fuel cap warning reset button in the meter for about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message after tightening the fuel filler cap STEERING WHEEL SUN VISORS Oe LPD0355 amp TILT OPERATION Push the lock lever down and adjust the ara steering wheel up or down to the desired position Pull the lock lever up to lock the steering wheel in place SIC AWARNING To block out glare from the front swing down the Do not adjust the steering wheel while sun visor 1 driving You could lose control of your i vehicle and cause an accident To block glare from the side disconnect the sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side LPDO356 VANITY MIRRORS if so equipped To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and slide the mirror cover open Some vanity
271. l FM having slightly more range than stereo FM Exter nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same char acteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 17 Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Oc
272. l See Fuel recommendation in this section Engine oil drain and refill 8 With oil filter HR16DE 3 1 8 qt change MR18DE 4 3 8 qt HR16DE and MR18DE Engine oil with API Certification Mark 1 Viscosity SAE 5W 30 1 Without oil filter HR16DE 3 qt change MR18DE 4 1 8 qt Cooling system with reservoir HR16DE 1 5 8 gal Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue MR18DE 1 3 4 gal or equivalent 2 5 speed M T Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF Manual transmission gear oil HQ Multi 75W 85 or equivalent 3 6 speed M T API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 80 Automatic transmission fluid Refill to the proper level according to the instruc Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF 4 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid a M intenance and do it yourself Genuine NISSAN CVT fluid NS 2 5 section Brake and clutch fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 6 or equivalent DOT 3 Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 7 9 2 Technical and consumer information Capacity Approximate US measure Imp measure Liter Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Air conditioning system oil HR16DE and MR18DE with M T or A T Genuine NISSAN A C System Oil Type R DH PR or equivalent 7 MR18DE with CVT NISSAN A C System Oil Type S DH PS or equivalent 7 Windshield washer fluid 1 1
273. l away and result in an accident 5 28 Starting and driving pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Manual transmission models Place the shift selector in the R Reverse position When parking on an uphill grade place the shift selector in 1st gear Automatic Transmission A T or Con tinuously Variable Transmission CVT models Move the shift selector to the P Park posi tion To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and remove the key POWER STEERING AWARNING e If the engine is not
274. l be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Starting and driving 5 33 3 Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ic
275. lance and Fade Controls the sound of the audio system Balance adjusts the sound between the left and right speakers Fade adjusts the sound between the front and rear speakers 4 42 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Speed Volume Controls the level to which the volume is adjusted as the vehicle s driving speed changes Choose a setting between 1 and 5 or choose O to disable the feature entirely AUX Level Controls the volume level of incoming sound when an auxiliary device is connected to the system Available options are Quiet Medium and Loud FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator ST is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception XM band select Pressing the XM button will change the band as follows XM1 XM2 XM3 gt XM1 satellite if so equipped When the XM button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the last station played The last station played will also come on when the VOL ON OFF control knob
276. lding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is not a cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load ACAUTION e Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 85 fuel can damage fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e E 85 is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region Technical and consumer information 9 5 API certification mark API service symbol WT10183 ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity eng
277. le drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the trunk or the rear hatch closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the trunk or the rear hatch open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Turn the air recirculation mode off and set the fan speed control to the highest level to circulate the air e The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire AC
278. leaner P 8 21 Battery P 8 17 Fuse fusible link box P 8 24 Automatic transmission fluid ATF dipstick 2 P 8 14 Radiator cap P 8 8 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 Engine oil dipstick P 8 10 Drive belt location P 8 19 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 16 For Manual Transmission M T model For Automatic Transmission A T model See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 9 Y eo 10 9 8 WDI0733 0 10 Illustrated table of contents MR18DE 1 2 Oo amp 00N 2 Engine oil filler cap P 8 10 Brake and clutch 1 fluid reservoir P 8 15 Air cleaner P 8 21 Battery P 8 17 Fuse fusible link box P 8 24 Automatic Continuously variable transmission fluid ATF dipstick 2 P 8 14 Radiator cap P 8 8 Engine oil dipstick P 8 10 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 Drive belt location P 8 19 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 16 For Manual Transmission M T model For Automatic Transmission A T model Continuously Variable Transmission CVT model See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS Anti lock Braking System ABS warn ing light if so equipped Brake warning light Charge warning light Door open warning light Electric power ste
279. lease cover as shown 4 Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push down 5 Move the shift selector to the N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock release 6 Now the vehicle may be moved to the de sired location If the shift selector cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the auto matic transmission system as soon as possible AWARNING If the shift selector cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunction ing stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed SSD0533 Overdrive switch Each time your vehicle is started the transmis sion is automatically reset to overdrive ON ON With the engine running and the shift selector in the D Drive position the transmission upshifts into Overdrive as vehicle speed increases Overdrive does not engage until the engine has reached operating temperature Starting and driving 5 17 OFF For driving up and down long slopes where engine braking is nec essary push the Overdrive switch once The off indicator light in the instrument panel will illuminate When cruisi
280. lease the amp buttonon the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking After the main menu you can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response 4 62 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Call Main Menu Call Speak name Phone Number Speak Digits Special Number Redial Call Back Speak name If you have stored entries in the phonebook you can dial a number associated with a name and location See Phonebook in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks you to choose the loca tion Once you have confir
281. led FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRS0799 Forward facing web mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seat ing positions that do not have a top tether anchor 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0800 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head re straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is re moved See Head restraints in this section for hea
282. lied and the automatic transmission A T or the continuously variable trans mission CVT models is shifted into P Park or the manual transmission M T model into R Reverse e Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance re Q wv WCE0044 Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks f at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury WCE0129 Getting the spare tire and tools Open the hatch or trunk Lift the floorboard and spare tire cover Q In case of emergency 6 3 WCE0193 SCE0630 To remove the jack take off the strap If neces sary remove the spare tire first to easily access the jack strap If equipped with spacers remove them before removing the spare tire 6 4 In case of emergency Removing wheel cover if so equipped ACAUTION Do not use your hands to pry off wheel caps or wheel covers Doing so could re sult in personal injury To remove the wheel cover use the jack rod as illustrated Apply cloth between the wheel and jack rod to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover Use caution not to
283. lifting the cover up from the right side then the left side 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment WDI0452 WDI0732 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition check the fusible links in the holders and If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts For checking and replacing the fusible links in holders 2 and 3 see a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 SDI1870 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ACAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself NOTE The fuse box is located on the driver s side of the instrument panel 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 1 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 2 WDI0452 Type A If the fuse is open replace it with an equivalent good fuse 5 Push the fuse b
284. ling the windshield washer fluid reservoir e Pre mix windshield washer fluid con centrates with water to the manufactur er s recommended levels before pour ing the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reservoir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the windshield washer fluid con centrate and water Instruments and controls 2 19 REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH if so equipped LICO966 The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper Intermittent INT intermittent operation not adjustable ON continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times 2 20 Instruments and controls AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir tank with washer fluid con centrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concen trates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir tank e Pre mi
285. lligent Key if so equipped keys P 3 4 3 7 3 2 3 2 Mirrors P 3 30 Tire pressure P 8 36 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 8 43 f a Headlight and turn signal switch So P 2 21 Sass Se 12 Replacing bulbs P 8 31 13 Fog light switch if so equipped Leer lt a a P 2 21 i 14 Tie down hook P 6 13 _ See the page number indicated in paren ee theses for operating details 14 13 121110 9 8 7 AWN 00N V ez WII0178 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR WII0093 0 4 Illustrated table of contents Hatchback Rear hatch opener s witch NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped P 3 23 3 13 Rear window defroster switch P 2 20 Antenna P 4 54 Child safety rear door locks P 3 7 Fuel filler door P 3 26 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 27 9 4 Replacing bulbs P 8 31 Interior hatch release P 3 24 Rear window washer P 2 20 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Sedan Interior trunk lid release P 3 26 Rear window defroster switch P 2 20 Antenna P 4 54 Child safety rear door locks P 3 7 Fuel filler door P 3 26 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 27 9 4 Replacing bulbs P 8 31 8 Trunk opener switch NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped P 3 24 3 13 See the
286. llision the head restraints return to their original position Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as described in this section ADJUSTABLE HEADREST rear seats for Sedan model AWARNING The adjustable headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against in jury in certain rear end collisions Adjust the headrests properly as specified in this section Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the adjustable headrest stalks or remove the adjustable headrests Do not use the seat if the adjustable head rests have been removed If the headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the adjustable headrests This may in crease the risk of serious injury or death in a collision 4 lt 2 3 LRS0898 LRS0887 The illustration shows the seating positions Components equipped with adjustable headrests All of the headrests are adjustable A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint For hatchback models only the rear outboard seating positions are head re straints See Head restraints E Indicates the seating position is equipped with an adjustable headrest Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or ad
287. lluminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob if so equipped or the NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires wil
288. lt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer 1 17 WRS0913 SS0241 Center of the rear seat if so equipped for sedan models The rear seat center seat belt has a connector tongue and a seat belt tongue Both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt opera tion AWARNING Always fasten the connector tongue and the seat belt in the order shown Always make sure both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt or installing a child restraint Do not use the seat belt or child restraint with only the seat belt tongue attached This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system
289. lways place the discs in the storage case 4 Volume control switch when they are n t being Used STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR To clean a disc wipe the surface from the AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 53 POWER on switch With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON posi tion push the POWER switch to turn the audio system on SOURCE select switch models without Navigation System Push the SOURCE select switch to change the mode in the following sequence PRESET A PRESET B PRESET C PRESET A With a CD inserted and an auxiliary device plugged in push the SOURCE select switch to change the mode in the following sequence CD AUX PRESET A PRESET B PRESET C CD While in one of the preset radio station banks A Bor C use the tuning switch Y or A to select one of the preset radio stations 1 6 SOURCE select switch models with Navigation System Push the SOURCE select switch to change the audio mode in the following sequence AM FM XM CD USB AUX AM FM These modes are only available when compat ible media storage is inserted into the device Volume co
290. ly ABS 2 8 Instruments and controls WARNING LIGHTS ABS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light if so equipped When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational lf the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system in the Starting and driving sec tion BRAKE or Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warni
291. ly 1 6 in 40 mm radius maximum Twist the cable excessively more than 180 degrees Pull or drop the cable Close the center console lid on the cable or connectors Store objects with sharp edges in the storage where the cable is stored Spill liquids on the cable and connectors Do not connect the cable to the iPod if the cable and or connectors are wet It may damage the iPod If the cable and connectors are exposed to water allow the cable and or connectors to dry completely before connecting the cable to the iPod wait 24 hours for it to dry If the connector is exposed to fluids other than water evaporative residue may cause a short between the connector pins In this case replace the cable otherwise damage to the iPod and a loss of function may occur If the cable is damaged insulation cut con nectors cracked contamination such as liq uids dust dirt etc in the connectors do not use the cable and contact a NISSAN dealer to replace the cable with a new one When not in use for extended periods of time store the cable in a clean dust free environment at room temperature and with out direct sun exposure Do not use the cable for any other purposes other than its intended use in the vehicle iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 25 13 MENU button
292. me level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession e D3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Micro soft Corporation of the USA 4 20 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems FJ FOLDER 1 MP3 or WMA WHA1078 Playback order chart Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display If there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback or
293. med the name and location the system begins the call Speak Digits When prompted by the system say the number you wish to call Refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number in this section for more details Special Number For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call Back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the amp button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands e Help The system announces the avail able commands e Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call e Cancel Quit The system announces
294. midify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 7 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 12 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 Push the A C comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high move the air intake lever to the CS gt position Be sure to return to the position for normal cooling Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the amp gt posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the s position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Push the A C comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting The air intake lever Dehumidified defogging Operating tips This mode is used to defog the windows and e dehumidify the air Keep the windows and moonroof closed while the air conditioner is in operation 1 Move the air intake lever to the amp posi e After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 tion Turn the air flow control dial to the eV position minutes with the windows open to
295. mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the mirror cover is open Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 MIRRORS WPD0126 REARVIEW MIRROR The night position reduces glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours AWARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view clarity 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments OUTSIDE MIRRORS AWARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects WPD0170 Manual control type if so equipped The outside mirror can be moved in any direction for a better rear view A LPD0237 MPA0008 Electric control type if so equipped The outside mirror remote control will operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch 4 to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch Manual folding outside mirrors Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it Heated mirrors Canada only if so equipped Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice
296. much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service iridium tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap ping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for assistance AIR CLEANER SDI1864 The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housing and the cover with a damp cloth To remove the air cleaner filter push the tabs and pull the unit upward AWARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed e Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury WINDS
297. n with a rope or similar device Move the shift selector to the N Neutral position e When towing Automatic Transmission A T or Continuously Variable Trans mission CVT or manual transmission M T models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies Always release the parking brake e Observe the following restricted towing speeds and distances for manual trans missions M T only Speed Below 50 MPH 80 km h Distance Less than 50 miles 80 km VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle WCE0132 Front if so equipped Pulling a stuck vehicle AWARNING To avoid vehicle damage serious per sonal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle e Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle In case of emergency 6 13 SCE0578 Rear e Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer s instructions e Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull at an angle e Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point 6 14 Incase of emergency If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Alwa
298. n of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself ACAUTION e When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protec tion is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacturer s instructions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of cool ant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue includ ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill cool ant Refer to the Nissan Service and Maintenance Guide for more details SDI1
299. n will unlock the door If the door does not unlock after return 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2043 Hatchback ing the door handle push the door handle re quest switch to unlock the door All doors and the rear hatch trunk will be locked automatically unless one of the following opera tions is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch Opening any doors or the rear hatch trunk Engaging the ignition switch from the locked position Inserting the mechanical key into the ignition switch SPA2044 Sedan The interior light illuminates for 30 seconds when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The interior light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by performing one of the follow ing operations Placing the ignition switch to the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the remote controller Switching the room light switch to the OFF position HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating distance de pends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless entry function will not func tion under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is not within the operatio
300. nal range When the doors or the rear hatch trunk are open or not closed securely When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged A CAUTION When locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle WPD0359 Locking doors 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion Close all doors and the rear hatch trunk Press the button on the Intelligent Key The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once All doors and the rear hatch trunk will be locked NOTE Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open A CAUTION After locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 a n WPD0360 Unlocking doors ii Press the R Key button on the Intelligent The hazard warning lights flash once Press the button again within 1 min ute to unlock all doors and the rear hatch trunk All doors and the rear hatch trunk will be locked automatically unless one of the following opera tions is performed within 1 minute after pressing the R button 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments Opening any doors or the rear hatch trunk En
301. ncen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir e Pre mix windshield washer fluid con centrates with water to the manufactur er s recommended levels before pour ing the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reservoir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge AWARNING e Do not expose the battery to electrical sparks flames or smoking Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Explosive gases can cause blind ness or injury Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or severe burns After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can
302. nd curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front and rear outboard occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain air bags will deflate quickly after the collision is over The side air bags and curtain air bags op erate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational AWARNING e Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself
303. ng at a low speed or climbing a gentle slope you may feel uncomfortable shift shocks as the transmission shifts into and out of Overdrive repeatedly In this case push the Over drive switch to turn the Overdrive off The OFF indicator light in the instrument panel will illumi nate When driving conditions change push the Over drive switch to turn the Overdrive on The OFF indicator light in the instrument panel will turn off Remember not to drive at high speeds for ex tended periods of time with the Overdrive off This reduces fuel economy Fail safe When the fail safe operation is activated the automatic transmission will be locked in third gear If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur 5 18 Starting and driving even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case e Place the shift selector in the P Park position e Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 3 seconds e Then place the ignition switch back in the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal op erating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair it if necessary CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT if so equipped AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting f
304. ng system checked by a NISSAN dealer AWARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly Avoid high speed driv ing and abrupt braking See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light in this section If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check Charge warning light the drive belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immed
305. not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry e If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth e Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Forward facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ibs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facin
306. nowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Add phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Own er s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instruc tions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call Phone Number Speak the digits Dial 1 Press the button on the steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Special Dialing to dial more than 10 digits or any special characters 3 Say Phone Number The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 4 Say t
307. ns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume X MUTE button Press the X button to mute the audio sound Press the X button again to resume playing the audio at its previous volume AUDIO button Bass Treble Fade Bal ance SSV Beep Press the AUDIO button to change the mode as follows Bass Treble Fade Balance Speed Sensitive Volume SSV Beep ON OFF Normal mode To adjust Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the AUDIO button until the desired mode ap pears in the display Press the TUNE 4 or Y orSEEK 4 or button to ad just the selected mode to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the Beep to ON or OFF press the TUNE button up or down until the desired mode is displayed This will enable or disable the beep sound heard during menu selection To change the Speed Sensitive Volume SSV mode to OFF LOW MID or HIGH press the TUNE button 4 or Y setting is displayed until the desired Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears If no action is taken the radio or CD display will auto matically reappear after approximately 5 sec onds Clock set If the clock is not displayed with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON posit
308. ntrol switch Push the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume v A Tuning Memory change radio While in one of the preset radio station banks A B or C push the tuning switch Y or A for less than 1 5 seconds to change to the next preset station in memory Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch Y or 4 for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station Next Previous track CD Push the tuning switch Y or 4 for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present track or skip to the next track Push several times to skip back or skip through tracks Change disc CD if so equipped Push the tuning switch Y or 4 for more than 1 5 seconds to change the playing disc up or down 4 54 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems A LHA0708 ANTENNA The antenna should be placed in the rearward position for maximum radio reception The antenna cannot be shortened but can be folded down or removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod coun terclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna rod clockwise and hand tighten A CAUTION e Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation e Be sure that the antenna is removed before the vehicle enters an automatic car wash e Be sure to fold
309. oading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the automatic transmission A T or the continuously variable transmission CVT models into P Park or the manual transmission M T model into R Reverse 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely app
310. of properly Check your local regulations 6 Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft lb 29 39 N m Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary 1 LDI0608 HR16DE engine Oil filler cap Oil drain plug Oil filter CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand WDI0521 MR18DE engine Oil filler cap Oil drain plug
311. om P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving L Low Use this position for maximum engine braking on steep downhill gradients climbing steep slopes and whenever approaching sharp bends Do not use the L Low position in any other circum stances Q WSD0195 Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift selector may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the shift selector release the shift lock The shift selector can be moved to N Neutral To push the shift lock release complete the fol lowing procedure 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover as shown 4 Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push downward 5 Move the shift selector to the N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock release 6 Now the vehicle may be moved to the de sired location If the shift selector cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the CVT system as soon as possible AWARNING If the shift selector cannot be moved from the
312. om the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s 4 64 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the S button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook List Names Transfer Entry Delete Entry Rec
313. om the rear seatback Pull the knob to fold each seatback down AWARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured Passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0591 Type A Interior trunk access if so equipped for Sedan models Type A Fold down the rear center armrest and open the trunk access panel AWARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper rest
314. ommended fuel lubricants 2 2 eee 9 2 Cluteh fluid ea aosa e aa 8 16 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid s e es ea ok eee eee 8 13 Engine coolant 005 8 8 Engine oil eis jade ae ae aa 8 10 F M V S S certification label 2 a 9 11 Fog light SWit hi lt lt 2 0508 wean mace Oe 2 23 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system Frontseatss s vies tas arde Boa ae eae Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 ee Fuel economy Fuel filler doorandcap Fuel filler door lock opener lever FUGI gaugir 240 de hs dah oe eae Fuel octane rating 0 Fuel recommendation Loose fuel cap warning FUSES iii harrien Se a hy aoe od he yok gga te Fusible links Gauge Fuel igauge 22s eee shea ee ae amp Odometer Speedometer Tachometer Tripodometer 256 6 be ee eee General maintenance GIOVE box oe cado ae bee ee bad Hands free phone system Bluetooth Hazard warning flasher switch Headlight and turn signal switch Headlight control switch Headlights e a4 aorar ares Wee ek 8 31 Heater Heater and air conditioner controls 4 9 Heater operation 4 11 Hood release 2 che he ee 3 22 ROR 28 act Se a Safty tm GLa Sele g Gt tole Jabs ay as 2 24 I Ignition switchi s sos a scesi osa a u ee 5 7 Immobilizer system 2 17 3 4 5 12 Important vehicle information label 9 11 In
315. on CVT 04 5 18 Driving with manual transmission 5 22 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E Economy fueli s siena Sar eS 5 27 Emission control information label 9 12 Emission control system warranty 9 18 Engine Before starting the engine 5 12 Blockheater 25 68 da2ae6e 45 5 34 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants s s a aapea a 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 9 Changingengineoill 8 11 Changing engine oilfilter 8 12 Checking engine coolant level 8 9 Checking engine oillevel 8 10 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 8 8 Engine oil Sies s ta dea Gos Ged 8 10 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 10 Engine oil viscosity 0 9 6 Engine serialnumber 9 11 Engine specifications 9 8 Starting the engine 5 13 Enter button ss as is ee pe eee ee 4 2 Event data recorders 9 20 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Extended storage switch 8 27 Eyeglass Case sare sca 8 amk eva ad 2 27 F Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 23 Flattireg ses es ee Pa eee a BE ed 6 2 Floor mat positioningaid 7 5 Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 14 Brake fluid 32 403 e 6 ethic eat ged 8 15 Capacities and rec
316. on switch to the LOCK position Remove the mechanical key from the ig nition switch Close the doors Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure If the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the ignition switch and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Starting and driving 5 13 Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turn ing the ignition switch to START Release the ignition switch when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first esp
317. oncerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident 1 49 Status light The front passenger air bag status light is located near the climate controls After the igni tion switch is place in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on the instrument panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or operates depending on the front passenger occupied status The light operates as follows Unoccupied passenger s seat The is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The _ illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meet the conditions outlined in this sec tion The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to
318. onds and then turns off This means the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an ac cident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 1 55 Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the front air bags si
319. ons if the ignition switch is turned to OFF position Q or if the key is removed from the switch The shift selector can be moved if the igni tion switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position 1 between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder WSD0052 Type A MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so equipped The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driv ing The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position Type A models without Intelligent Key To turn the ignition key to the LOCK position from the ACC or ON position turn the key to OFF push the key in then turn the key to LOCK LSD0173 Type B Type B models with Intelligent Key The ignition lock is designed so that the switch can only be turned from C to the LOCK position when the PUSH release button has been pressed NOTE The LO Intelligent Key lock warning light blinks and the buzzer sounds when the igni tion switch is turned to the LOCK position and the ignition PUSH release button has not been pressed completely See Intelli gent Key lock warning light in the Instru ments and controls section of this manual for further details regarding the functionality of the Intelligent Key lock warning light When the mechanical key is being used the igni
320. ontrol and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION ST10457 ST10465 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown LT10192 HR16DE engine ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown STI0466 MR18DE engine ST10349 F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully Technical and consumer information 9 11 WT10213
321. ontrol of the vehicle by follow ing the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the con ditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle Starting and driving 5 5 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the ve hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the ap propriate driving lane f you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help
322. ooting guide later in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions This device may not cause interference and this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 57 IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A
323. or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child restraints be secured to the designated an chor point on the vehicle 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0756 LATCH system lower anchor locations LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint LATCH lower anchor AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child restraint will not be secured properly Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt we
324. or light in the Instru ments and controls section If a malfunction occurs in the system the f and indicator lights come on in the instru ment panel The VDC system automatically turns off when these indicator lights are on The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The indicator illuminates to indi cate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to anon slipping drive wheel The f indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the ft indicator will not flash 5 32 Starting and driving The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position then back to the ON position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AWARNING e The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully
325. ord Name For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook command is used to manage en tries in the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry The phonebook stores up to 1000 names for each phone connected to the system When a phone is connected to the system the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing For more information see Record name in this section NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time SOURCE by pressing the s button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session See the Record name command in this section for infor mation about recording custom voice tags for list entries that the system has difficulty pronounc ing Transfer Ent
326. orward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident e The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pressure sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some Sit upright and well back conditions This sensor is only used in ARS1133 this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an acci dent See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section e Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 ARS1041 ARS1042 ARS1043 AWA
327. osition the interior lights do not illuminate regardless of door position The lights will turn off automatically after 15 min utes while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged ACAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery MAP LIGHTS if so equipped LIC1472 To turn the map lights on press the lenses To turn them off press the lenses of the lights again A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT Hatchback The light illuminates when the rear hatch is opened When the rear hatch is closed the light will turn off The light also illuminates with other interior lights when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position See Interior light earlier in this section The lights will turn off automatically after 15 min utes while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged TRUNK LIGHT Sedan if so equipped The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light goes off The light also illuminates with other interior lights when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position See Interior light earlier in this section The lights will turn off automatically after 15 min utes while the trunk lid is open to pr
328. ound both a child and another passenger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat see Forward facing child restraint in stallation using the seat belts later in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seri ously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehicle e When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or colli sion loose objects can injure occu pants or damage the vehicle ACAUTION A child r
329. ox cover to install 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Type B LDI0456 LDI2035 Extended storage switch if so equipped If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse NOTE The extended storage switch is used for long term vehicle storage Even if the ex tended storage switch is broken it is not necessary to replace it Replace only the open fuse in the switch with a new fuse How to replace the extended storage switch 1 To remove the extended storage switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position 3 Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking tabs found on each side of the storage switch 5 Pull the storage switch straight out from the fuse box 2 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 BATTERY REPLACEMENT ACAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI0484 KEYFOB if so equipped Install a new battery with the facing down Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows Hold the battery by the edges Holding the Open the lid using a coin battery across the contact points will
330. page number indicated in paren theses for operating details N w a OoahwoON gt Dl WII0102 Illustrated table of contents 0 5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ick Nh oP WA dd LII0083 0 6 Illustrated table of contents ook ON N 9 10 11 Cargo cover if so equipped hatchback model only P 2 29 Rear seat P 1 4 Interior lights P 2 36 Front seat P 1 2 Sun visors P 3 29 Moonroof switch if so equipped P 2 34 Map lights if so equipped P 2 36 Sunglasses holder if so equipped P 2 27 Glove box P 2 28 Parking brake parking on hills P 5 24 5 28 Rear armrest if so equipped P 1 5 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details INSTRUMENT PANEL 2726 25 2423 22 21 2019 181716 WIC1599 alk Outside mirror control switch if so equipped P 3 31 2 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 21 Steering wheel switch for audio control and Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 53 4 56 Driver s supplemental air bag horn P 1 41 2 24 Meters and gauges P
331. pant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illu minate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the vehicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light Af located in the meter and gauges area of the instrument panel will blink Have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AWARNING e Do not place any objects on the steer ing wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects
332. pes of vehicles 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system te To WRS0475 Forward facing step 10 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled WRSO0759 Hatchback INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP hatchback model First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear outboard seat positions only or the seat belt as applicable 1 If necessary raise or remove the head restraint to position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints in this section for head restraint adjustment re moval and installation information 2 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the seat directly b
333. pped 6 eee eee ee 4 26 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD changer if so equipped 0 cece eee eee 4 30 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type A if so equipped 4 37 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type B if so equipped 005 4 41 iPod player operation without Navigation System if so equipped 0 cece eee ee eee 4 47 iPod player operation with Navigation System if so equipped 0 cece eee eee 4 49 USB interface if so equipped n aeee 4 51 CD care and cleaning 20 ee eee 4 53 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped 0 cece eect eee ee 4 53 AMLGNNA EE E TEA EE 4 54 Car phone or CB radio 0 0 cee eee ee 4 55 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped 6 eee cece eee eet eee 4 56 Regulatory Information 0 cc eee eee 4 57 Using the System wseaie eamete siete tatigan 4 58 Control buttons oi cativacnsnein e OSEE 4 60 Getting started 0 ee eee eee eee 4 60 List of voice Commands 0 0 c eee eee 4 62 Speaker Adaptation SA mode 005 4 67 Manual control oii0sceccineetaa ene cede ees cian 4 68 Troubleshooting guide 0 00 c eee eens 4 69 AWARNING e Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock In case you notice any foreign obj
334. pproximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 23 Universal Serial Bus USB memory if so equipped This system supports various USB memory sticks USB hard drives and iPod players There are some USB devices which may not be sup ported with this system Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB connector Do not force the memory stick or USB cable into the USB connector During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this occurs remove the USB memory stick and dehumidify or ventilate the player com pletely The player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Do not leave the USB memory in a place prone to static electricity or where the air conditioner blows directly The data in the USB memory may be damaged Prepare the USB device by yourself be cause it is not equipped with the vehicle The USB device cannot be formatted with this system If you want to format the USB memory use your personal computer Partitioned USB devices may not be played correctly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese e
335. press the 4 2 button Pressing the button again will change the display to the day or the night display If no operation is performed within 5 seconds the display will return to the previous display Press and hold the 2 button for more than two seconds to turn the display off Press the button again to turn the display on 4 8 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems VENTS Center SAA1176 Center upper SAA1177 ay a SAA1178 Sides Adjust air flow open close Adjust air flow direction HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual AWARNING e The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 9
336. prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air 5 6 Starting and driving pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the ve hicle road and traffic AWARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes e Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal e Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not over react 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to
337. r ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tires Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the pos sibility of whipping action dama
338. rack title displays the title of the selected CD track MP3 display mode To change the text displayed when listening to an MP3 with MP3 text when CD with text is being used press the DISP button The DISP button will scroll through the CD text as follows Track number and Track time Folder number and Folder title Album title Artist title Song title Disc title Track number and Track title Track number and time displays the number of the track and how long it has been playing Folder number and title displays the number of the folder and the name e Album title displays the album name of the track playing Artist title displays the artist name of the track playing e Song title displays the song name of the track playing e Disc title displays the disc name of the CD playing Track number and title displays the number of the track and the name Display satellite radio display mode if so equipped To change the text displayed when listening to satellite radio if so equipped press the DISP button The DISP button will scroll through the broadcast information as follows Name gt Title Current display mode 4 32 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems To change the default display mode press the AUDIO button to display mode and press the TUNE button to select the following display modes Channel number gt Channel name Name
339. ractices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Technical and consumer information 9 17 AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 18 Technical and consumer information AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overlo
340. raints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury SSS0592 WRS0755 e When returning the seatbacks to the Type B Type B upright position be certain they are Center armrest if so equipped completely oem aan me larehee posi Pull the armrest down until it is horizontal Pull the knob to fold each seatback down tion If they are not completely secured Passengers may be injured in an acci When returning the seatback to the upright posi dent or sudden stop tion make sure the seat belt is routed through the e Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys guide Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 HEAD RESTRAINTS Hatchback model and front seats of Sedan model AWARNING Head restraints supplement the other ve hicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against injury in cer tain rear end collisions Adjust the head restraints properly as specified in this section Check th
341. ratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care ACAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotied e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the
342. rate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Statement related to Section 15 of FCC Rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY IMMOBILIZER ANT ASSY IMMOBILIZER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT 2 18 Instruments and controls LICO474 Security indicator light For vehicles without Intelligent Key This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position For vehicles with Intelligent Key This light blinks when the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position with the key removed from the ignition switch This function indicates the NISSAN Vehicle Im mobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine
343. re ACAUTION e Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material e Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish e Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS AWARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury e NEVER place a floor mat on top of an other floor mat in the driver front position e Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your ve hicle model See your NISSAN dealer
344. re on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle NISSAN Intelligent Key door buzzer if so equipped The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if any one of the following improper operations is found The ignition switch is not returned to the LOCK position when locking the doors Instruments and controls 2 15 The Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle when locking the doors The Intelligent Key is taken outside the ve hicle when operating the vehicle e Any doors are not closed securely when locking the doors When the buzzer sounds be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key See NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section Parking brake reminder chime A chime sounds if the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven The chime will stop if the parking brake is released or the vehicle speed returns to zero 2 16 Instruments and controls SECURITY SYSTEMS LICO978 Your vehicle may have two types of security sys tems Vehicle security system if so equipped NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM if so equipped The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps
345. re press Orere eonenn u ae ea araa 8 36 Tire labeling kriss cdeccieeesea cede eine cee 8 40 TYPES OF TSS iri ct eit a e a desk Sire Se 8 42 MURS CAINS ssncs icin cans armas ach saute eradonia me wasnt i 8 43 Changing wheels and tires 0200e eee 8 43 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your NISSAN has been designed to have mini mum maintenance requirements with long ser vice intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular mainte nance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance
346. re securely locked by testing them To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door WPD0368 WPD0358 NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out of your pocket or bag When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch or rear hatch trunk request switch within the range of operation Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 WPD0369 Locking doors 1 Place the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion Remove the key if any key is in the ignition switch 2 Close all doors and the rear hatch trunk Push any door handle request switch Q or the rear hatch trunk request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you All doors and the rear hatch trunk will lock 5 The hazard warning lights flash twice and 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments the outside buzzer sounds twice SPA2043 Hatchback NOTE Doors lock with the door handle request switch or rear hatch trunk request switch while a mechanical key is in the ignition switch or the i
347. reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM if so equipped REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the oil NISSAN A C system oil Type R HR16DE and MR18DE with manual or automatic trans mission only Type S MR18DE with CVT only or the exact equivalents ACAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil
348. release it it need not be held The window automatically closes all the way To stop the win dow press the switch down while the window is closing Auto reverse function The auto reverse function can be activated when a window is closed by automatic operation Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window If the vehicle s battery is disconnected replaced or jump started the power window auto reverse function may not operate properly If this occurs please contact a NISSAN dealer to re initialize the power window auto reverse system If the control unit detects something caught in a window equipped with automatic operation as it is closing the window will be immediately low ered When power window switch does not operate If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the fol lowing procedure to initialize the power window system 1 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Open the window more than halfway by operating the power window switch 3 Pull up and hold the window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold
349. ressor if so equipped Crankshaft pulley AWARNING Be sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly PO Nes g 1 Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts or fraying If the belt is in poor condition have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer 2 Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 SPARK PLUGS a Ee SDI1895 REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs if so equipped It is not necessary to replace platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service platinum tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re gapping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely ACAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for assistance lridium tipped spark plugs if so equipped It is not necessary to replace iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last
350. ring the connection to the vehicle Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 47 While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod Classic 1st through 6th generation iPod Mini 1st and 2nd generation iPod Nano 1st through 3rd generation iPod Touch 1st generation iPhone 1st generation Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above Audio main operation iPod button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the iPod button to switch to the iPod mode If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the iPod button to switch to the iPod mode If the system is turned off while the iPod is playing the iPod will start when the PWR button is pressed Top menu item selecting Press the iPod MENU button while the iPod is connected to show the interface for iPod opera tion on the audio display The items can be cho sen from the menu list screen by pressing the SEEK button 4 or while the iPod is operational The display pattern can be changed as follows Playlists Artists Albums Songs Pod casts Genres Composers Audiobooks For more information about each item see the iPo
351. riveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system O D Overdrive off indicator light A T CVT models The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when the overdrive off mode is selected For additional information see Driving the ve hicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual Security indicator light For vehicles without Intelligent Key This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position For vehicles with Intelligent Key This light blinks when the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position with the key removed from the ignition switch The blinking security indicator light indicates that the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational For additional information see Security sys tems later in this section Slip indicator light if so equipped This indicator will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on 3 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light if so equipped This indicator light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicate
352. rned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck ACAUTION e When towing make sure tha
353. rom P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive or L Low Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident e Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of conirol Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident e Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Doing so can cause a loss of engine braking which may result in a collision serious personal injury or death In ad dition coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depress ing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con trolled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment NOTE Engine power may be automatically re duced to protect the CVT if the engine speed increases quickly when driving on slippery roads or while being tested on some dynamomete
354. ront occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system OFF Pv Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some con ditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is nec essary for most effective protection Fail ure to follow all instructions in this manual c
355. rs Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift selector out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift selector into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion 4 Stop the vehicle completely before shifting the selector to the P Park position The CVT is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift selector cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear posi tions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed WsbD0194 To move the shift selector Push the button while depressing the m brake pedal gt Push the button to shift D Shift without pushing button A Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift selector from P Park to any of the desired shift positions Starting and driving 5 19 AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift selec tor is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the
356. ry Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 65 The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The syst
357. s Pull the lever back to select the low beam Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the headlight switch is in the Dd or position the headlights will turn off after 5 minutes Instruments and controls 2 21 ACAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the 2P4 position Turn the headlight switch to the 2 position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position 2 22 Instruments and controls AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause
358. s or 24 hours Use GPS Clock When this setting is activated the clock is set and continually updated via the GPS used by the Navigation System When this setting is activated the clock can be set manually Touch the or key to adjust the hours and minutes up or down Daylight Savings Time When this setting is activated daylight savings time is on Touch the Daylight Savings Time key to toggle the setting on or off Time Zone Choose the applicable time zone from the list Select the Language key to adjust the language used by the system The language can be set to English Fran ais or Espa ol Touch click Select the Touch Click key to toggle the touch click feature on or off When activated a click sound will be heard every time a key on the screen is touched Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 7 Beep tones Select the Beep Tones key to toggle the beep tones feature on or off When activated a beep sound will be heard when a pop up message appears on the screen or a button on the unit such as the 2_ button is pressed and held for two seconds Reset all settings memory Select the Reset All Settings Memory key to return all settings to default and to clear the memory Traffic setup Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for information regarding this item 12 BUTTON To change the display brightness
359. s road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Air conditioner if so equipped operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag Use the recommended viscosity engine oil See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual Starting and driving 5 27 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS 1 D Be BOE 7 7 7 S u y rd Fi P 7 SSD0488 A WARNING Make sure the shift selector has been e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park or in an appropriate gear for manual trans mission models Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or rol
360. s the Vehicle Dynamic Control sys tem is not operating Push the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual The Vehicle Dynamic Control light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 sec onds if the system is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the indicator light while you are driving have the Vehicle Dy namic Control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the Vehicle Dynamic Control system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights a
361. se dan is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru ment panel rear parcel shelf inside the glove box storage bin or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function SSD0392 Without Intelligent Key system SSD0437A With Intelligent Key system CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT if so equipped The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position until the shift selector is moved to the P Park position When placing the ignition switch in the LOCK position make sure that the shift se lector is in the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition switch if it is inserted make sure that the shift selector is in the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be placed to the LOCK position 1 Shift the shift selector to the P Park posi tion 2 Move the ignition switch slightly in the ON direction 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 4 Remove the key if it is inserted in the ignition switch If the ignition switch is placed to the LOCK posi tion the shift selector cannot be moved from the P Park position The shift selector can be moved if the igni tion switch is in the ON posit
362. select and or adjust various functions of the system A screen with additional options will appear Display Select the Display key to adjust the appearance of the display The following settings can be adjusted Brightness The brightness of the display can be set to Very Bright Bright Default Dark or Very Dark Touch the Brightness key to cycle through the options 4 6 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Display Mode The display can be adjusted to fit the level of lighting in the vehicle Touch the Display Mode key to cycle through the options Day and Night modes are suited for the respective times of day while Automatic controls the display automatically Scroll Direction The direction that menus scroll can be adjusted Choose either up or down CLOCK SETUP SET CLOCK LANGUAGE rime Format 24n 5 Hour 5 lengtish luse GPS Clock Jon Minute 16 Francais set Clock Manually Espa ol Daylight Savings Time on E LHA1483 LHA1484 LHA1485 Clock Set Clock Manually Language Select the Clock key to adjust the time and the appearance of the clock on the display The fol lowing settings can be adjusted Time Format The clock can be set to 12 hour
363. seri Remove the battery ously deplete the storage capacity Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction When changing the battery do not let dust or oil get on the keyfob There is danger of explosion if a lithium bat tery is incorrectly replaced Replace only with the same or equivalent type Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent Close the lid securely 5 Press the button then the ti button two or three times to check the key fob operation If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry The operational range of the keyfob extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle This range may vary with conditions FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device
364. should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur chasing an extender if an extender is required AWARNING e Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do
365. sion CVT Siar bce pees Gh ie ha Bae te 5 19 Manual transmission 5 23 Shift lock release 2 0 004 5 17 5 21 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 20 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system saecu sian cacao ranna 1 52 Spark plug replacement 8 20 Speedometer ior ed 0 00 0020s ae 2 4 SRS warning label 2 00 1 55 Starting Before starting the engine 5 12 Jump starting ss ccsa raia eeu d 6 7 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 P sh sfanting i e e e ei e beens 6 10 Starting the engine 5 13 Steering Power steering system 5 29 Tilting steering wheel 3 29 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 53 StoP ligt e Sar eee ws Hog Gy de Bad ere ed 8 32 Storage aa sk iy dees Ae RR ee 2 25 Storage tiay 2644s Pik eee E 2 26 Sunglasses case 6 2 eee eee 2 27 Sunglasses holder 2 2 27 Sunroof see Moonroof 0 9 34 OUNWISOIS e ae 4 sa a a ae OE 3 29 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 55 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 55 2 12 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 48 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 55 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSIOM saith oh BSS EO A EEA 1 41 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system 1 41 Supplemental side and curtain si
366. sk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0455 LRS0453 LRS0464 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind e Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat Q is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used f the booster seat is compat
367. ss to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film ACAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electri cal conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels ACAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature e Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint
368. stereo to monaural reception SAT band select Pressing the AUX button will change the band as follows AUX SAT1 SAT2 AUX satellite if so equipped When the AUX button is pressed while the igni tion switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the PWR button is pressed to turn the radio on When the AUX button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the AUX button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on v Press the button Y or amp A TUNE button Tuning TUNE FF REW FOLDER for manual tuning 4 38 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems v Press the SEEK TRACK button or to tune from low to high or high to low frequen cies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN RPT button to stop at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN RPT button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves
369. t See Vehicle load ing information in the Technical and consumer information section Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recom mended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best bal ance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section Spare tire size 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge Size Cold Tire Inflation stem and compare to the specifica A tion shown on the Tire and Loading Front Original Tire 230 kPa 33 PSI Information label if so equipped or DieS eBRid Tire Placard if so equipped P185 65R15 230 kPa 35 PSI 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too P195 55R16 240 kPa 35 PSI much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of Rear Original Tire the gauge stem to release pressure 199 89R14 230 kPa 33 PSI Recheck the pressure and add or P1T85 69R15 230 kPa 35 PSI P195 55R16 240 kPa 35 PSI release air as needed T125 70 15 420 kPa 60 PSI LDI0393 6 Install the valve stem cap Checking
370. t Key battery is low the Intel ligent Key system warning light 3 will blink green for about 30 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position This warning is to let you know that the battery of the Intelligent Key will run down soon Replace it with a new one Refer to Battery replacement in the Main tenance and do it yourself section NISSAN recommends replacing the battery at a NISSAN dealer Preventing the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle If you lock all doors using the power door lock switch with the Intelligent Key in the vehicle all of the doors unlock immediately and the buzzer will warn you when the door is closed TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE When pushing the door handle request The front door beep sounds for approxi Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle mately 2 seconds The doors cannot be locked and push the door handle request switch The front door beep sounds for approxi The ignition switch is not in the LOCK Place the ignition switch to LOCK mately 10 seconds position The key warning light in the instrument The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you panel blinks in red and the front door warn ing PoR sounds for approximately 3 seconds The front door beep sounds for approxi The Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle mately 3 seconds and all doors unlock and close the
371. t belt with pretensioner NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regulations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle dam age or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag system operation The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sensors occupant classification sensor pressure sensor and passenger seat belt tension sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger it additionally moni tors the weight of an occupant or
372. t occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improperly uses the seat belt in the ALR mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child re straints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger s
373. t the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual In case of emergency 6 11 WCE0194 6 12 A T or CVT M T In case of emergency TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving front wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated WCE0195 A T or CVT M T ACAUTION e Never tow Automatic Transmission A T or Continuously Variable Trans mission CVT models with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is nec essary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels e When towing Automatic Transmission A T or Continuously Variable Trans mission CVT models with the front wheels on towing dollies or when tow ing manual transmission M T models with the front wheels on the ground Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead positio
374. tc are not displayed properly on the vehicle center screen NISSAN recommends using English lan guage characters with USB devices Do not connect the USB device if the con nector or cable is wet Allow the cable and or connectors to dry completely before connecting the USB device Large video podcast files cause slow re sponses in the iPod The vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover If the iPod automatically selects large video podcast files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on the iPod 4 24 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems The iPod nano 1st Generation may re main in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod The iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using the iPod nano 2nd generation If you are using an iPod 8rd Generation with Dock connector do not use very long names for the song title album name or artist name to avoid the iPod resetting itself iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries iPod player if so equipped Some
375. tch will be unlatched 3 Push the rear hatch up to open NOTE If you had to open the rear hatch using this lever have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible TRUNK LID Sedan AWARNING e Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Ex haust gas in the Starting and driving section of this manual Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys WPD0404 amp SE A Ez z SPA2051 KEY OPERATION To open the trunk lid turn the key clockwise To close the trunk lid lower and push the trunk lid down securely OPENING THE TRUNK LID USING THE OPENER SWITCH if so equipped To open the trunk lid unlock it with one of the following operations then push the opener switch Push the trunk request switch or door handle request switch if equipped See NISSAN Intelligent Key earlier in this sec tion e Pressthe button onthe Intelligent Key if equipped See NISSAN Intelligent Key earlier in this section e Press the button on the keyfob if equipped See Remote keyless entry sys tem
376. teering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steering effort is required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds For additional information see Electric power steering warning light in the Instruments and controls section BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at 2 wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control Starting and driving 5 29 AWARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid
377. than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker See Speaker Adaptation SA mode in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command See Phonebook in this section 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 69 MEMO 4 70 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 0555 5 2 Three way catalyst 06 0 cece eee eee 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS if so equipped serres sensin diesa eee eee ee 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover 0005 5 5 Off road recessies eden oera tapini baat oR 5 5 Rapid air pressure l0SS n o snisuucu eee 5 6 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 5 6 IQMILIONSWIKCH 0 22 is a E ed o EEE 5 7 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 5 7 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT if so equipped 5 cc2nccears acho iing neiii 5 9 Automatic transmission if so equipped 5 10 Manual transmission if so equipped
378. the switch for more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely 4 Release the power window switch Operate the window by automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete 5 Perform steps 2 through 4 above for other windows If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the above pro cedure see a NISSAN dealer for assistance wico263 MANUAL WINDOWS if so equipped The side windows can be opened or closed by turning the hand crank on each door Instruments and controls 2 33 MOONROOF if so equipped oO a a LICO977 AUTOMATIC MOONROOF The moonroof will only operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The auto matic moonroof is operational for about 45 sec onds even if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the moon roof is canceled Sliding the moonroof To fully open the moonroof push the switch toward gt 2 34 Instruments and controls To fully close the moonroof push the switch toward LD To open or close the moonroof part way push the switch in any direction while the moonroof is sliding to stop it in the desired position Tilting the moonroof Close the moonroof by pushing the switch toward roll gt Release the switch then push the switch tow
379. the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If another audio source is playing and a USB memory device is inserted press the AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing push the ON OFF VOL control knob to restart the USB memory Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 51 O USB XXXXXXXX D XXXXXXXX K XXXXXXXX Q x xx Browse LHA1496 Play information Information about the audio files being played is shown on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Touch Browse to display the list of folders and files on the USB device Touch the name of a song on the screen to begin playing that song EE gt SEEK CATEGORY button Press the SEEK CATEGORY button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK CATEGORY button lt 4 times to skip backward several tracks several Press the SEEK CATEGORY button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CATEGORY button several times to skip forward sev eral tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played Press and hold the SEEK CATEGORY button or gt for 1 5 seconds while an audio file on th
380. tick 10 Drive belt location 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 1 For Manual Transmission M T model 9 For Automatic Transmission A T model Oahoan gt MR18DE Engine Model Engine oil filler cap Brake and clutch 1 fluid reservoir Air cleaner Battery Fuse Fusible link box Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF Continuously Variable Transmission CVT dipstick 2 7 Radiator cap 8 Engine oil dipstick 9 Engine coolant reservoir 10 Drive belt location 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 1 For Manual Transmission M T model 9 For Automatic Transmission A T model Continuously Variable Transmission CVT model Y eo E a WDI0733 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution con tains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional en gine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING e Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency sectio
381. ting the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intel ligent Key transmits weak radio waves Environ mental conditions may interfere with the opera tion of the Intelligent Key under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is low the Intel ligent Key warning light SS will blink green for about 30 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key
382. tion 9 7 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Reporting safety defects US only 9 19 S Safety Child safety reardoorlock 3 7 Child seat belts 1 22 1 29 1 33 1 38 Reporting safety defects US only 9 19 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Rear seat adjustment 1 4 Seat belt Child satety 22 2 s eae a Be ded we 1 21 Infants and small children 2 2 1 21 Injured Person 2 ee ee eee 1 15 Larger children ss daed sdi aati 1 22 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 12 Pregnant women 1 15 Rear center seat belt 1 18 Seat belt extenders 1 20 Seat belt maintenance 1 20 Seatbelts 0 000 1 12 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 20 Three point type with retractor 1 15 Seat belt warning light 2 12 Seats Adjustments s s c 4 s gaos ta be ee ae 1 2 Front Seats e oor taaa naona dera as 1 2 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Rear Seat oo ea te 0 0 00 00 0008 1 4 Security indicator light aoaaa aa 2 14 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine statt 2 17 3 4 5 12 Self adjusting brakes noana aaa 8 23 Service manual order form 9 21 Servicing air conditioner o a 4 17 Setting button ses sa peg eepo 4 5 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 15 Continuously Variable Transmis
383. tion POWER OUTLET LICO969 The power outlet is for powering electrical acces sories such as cellular telephones The outlet is rated at 12 volt 120 W 10A maximum ACAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use e Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any other liquids to contact the outlet STORAGE LICO971 MAP POCKETS Instruments and controls 2 25 LICO979 Coin holders STORAGE TRAYS AWARNING Do not place sharp objects in the trays to help prevent injury in an accident or sud den stop 2 26 Instruments and controls E
384. tion PUSH release button has to be pressed in order to turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position although the LO Intel ligent Key lock warning light will not blink and the buzzer will not sound IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF 1 The engine is turned off ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running Starting and driving 5 11 ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories Intelligent Key system only PUSH ON The ignition switch will be unlocked while carrying the Intelligent Key START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 5 12 Starting and driving 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4
385. tion is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 mi 40 48 km with monaural single channe
386. tioning stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any D Drive position the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position and the key cannot be removed from the ignition switch If this occurs perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Move the shift selector to P Park to park the vehicle and place the ignition switch in the LOCK position 3 Remove the key Starting and driving 5 15 P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift se lector button pushed in to move the shift selector from N Neutral or any drive posi tion to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then shift the shift selector into the P Park position R Reverse ACAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped 5 16 Starting and driving Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting R Reverse position
387. tions unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions earlier in this section No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Audio main operation PWR and VOL control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then press the PWR button while the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the PWR button Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes AUDIO button BASS TREBLE BALANCE FADE SSV and BEEP Press the AUDIO button to change the mode as follows Bass Treble Balance Fade
388. tire pressure 7 Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the g P tire 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 WDI0394 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to Identify the tire in case of a recall 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself P215 65R15 95H Example Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 1 P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles not all tires have this information 2 Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to side wall edge 3 Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 5 6 15 t WDI0395 R The R stands for radial Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim d
389. to check the tire pressure For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The light will remain on after the 1 minute The CHECK TIRE PRES SURE warning is not displayed if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Tire pressure in the Main tenance and do it yourself section AWARNING If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch placed in the ON posi tion have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Se rious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could re sult in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tir
390. to the AUX jack FM AM SEEK TRACK x k ENTER BACK CAT 20 19 LHA1225 X MUTE button DISP TEXT button FM AM button CD button CD insert slot 4 36 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems iPod button AUX button CLOCK button CD eject button TUNE FF REW FOLDER button 11 SCAN RPT button 12 AUDIO button 13 AUX IN jack 14 Station select 1 6 buttons 15 VOLUME control knob 16 PWR button 17 iPod MENU button 18 BACK button 19 ENTER button 20 SEEK TRACK button FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type A if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section No satellite radio reception is available when the AUX button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Audio main operation POWER VOLUME control Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the PWR button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD or AUX that was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pressing the PWR button tur
391. to the next station A SEEK tuning 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the AM FM select button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations DISP TEXT button When the DISP TEXT button is pressed while in FM radio mode the radio display will change as follows Frequency PTY PS Frequency Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio pl
392. traight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased ACAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damage FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT WRS0692 WRS0693 WRS0694 Forward and backward Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in P Park or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 WRS0758 FOLDING REAR SEAT if so equipped Remove the cargo cover hatchback model only fr
393. ts and supplemental restraint system A WARNING The seat belts the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations WRS0032 SSS0159 SSS0162 AWARNING e When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 LRS0873 Crash zone sensor 2 Supplemental front impact air bag mod ules 3 Air bag Control Unit ACU 4 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag modules 5 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag 6 Side satellite sensor 7 Sea
394. turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two 6 6 Incase of emergency notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on firm and level ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Re move the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the vehicle completely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to
395. ual JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed If the battery of a vehicle equipped with the NISSAN Intelligent Key is discharged the ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position even using the mechanical key Connect the jumper cables to another vehicle as in the case of a discharged bat tery and then the ignition knob can be moved from the LOCK position Then jump start the vehicle AWARNING e If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres ent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery In case of emergency 6 7 Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery wh
396. uipped after use is nor mal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For manual transmission models move the shift selector to N Neutral For Automatic Transmission AT or CVT models move the shift se lector to P
397. ure or unfavorable handling character istics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading be yond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other ve hicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT R FRONT x SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL ANAI NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL REA Or ARRIERE gt The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs Le poids combin des occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ib TIRE PNEU ORIGINAL TIRE SIZE TAILLE ORIGINALE COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROIDS FRONT AVANT P XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX psi P XXX XX R XXI XXX kPa XX psi Deer a T XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX psi SEE GUFNER S MANUAL FOR ADDIFIONAL INFORMATION POUR D AUTHES DETAILS SE REPORTERAEU MANUEL DU CONDUCTEUR EM30A LDI0549 Tire and loading information label Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limi
398. utton is pressed on the keyfob Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 Using the interior light Press the ff button on the keyfob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior light in the Instruments and controls section in this manual 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped LPD0350 1 Two Intelligent Keys 2 Mechanical keys inside Intelligent Keys 3 Key number plate AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises radio waves may af fect aircraft navigation and communi cation systems Do not operate the in telligent key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unin tentionally when the unit is stored for a flight The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may af fect the Intelligent Key operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system A CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when opera
399. veability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while ho
400. vehicle is in N Neutral or any drive position the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and be removed from the ignition switch If this occurs perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Move the shift selector to P Park to park the vehicle and place the ignition switch in the LOCK position to remove the key P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped 5 20 Starting and driving Use the P Park selector position when the ve hicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift selector button pushed in to move the shift selector from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then place the shift selector into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting R Reverse position R Reverse speed is limited to 30 MPH 48 km h Do not exceed 30 MPH 48 km h in the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be de pressed and the shift selector button pushed in to move the shift selector fr
401. vent hot air from the passenger compartment before closing the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi e The air conditioning system should be tion When the Y or wi position is operated for approximately 10 minutes selected the air conditioner automatically at least once a month This helps pre turns on however the indicator light will not vent damage to the system due to lack illuminate In this position the air condi of lubrication tioner cannot be turned off When the air e A visible mist may be seen coming from the flow control is turned to any position other ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air than GY or the air conditioner light is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a will illuminate the air conditioner will con malfunction tinue operating and can be turned off usin i the air condone button This dehumidifies e lf the high temperature warning the air which helps defog the windshield Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position light ak illuminates in red indicating engine coolant temperature is over the normal range turn the air conditioner off See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual should always be in the amp gt position for heating and defrosting Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 13 A
402. w to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following rules and examples Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continue en tering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six two zero zero we Say pound for Say star for avail able when using the Special number com mand and the Send command during a call See List of voice commands and Special number in this section for more information Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three Say plus for available only when using the Special Dialing command Say pause for a 2 second pause
403. ways maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is respon sible for safety e Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire and Loading Information label in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles AWARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS inclu
404. will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0692 Manual front seat shown Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 1 15 WRS0137 WRS0138 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage e The retractor is designed to lock dur ing a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat Ifthe seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the re tractor Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of operation
405. x washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reser voir tank Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR if so equipped DEFROSTER SWITCH LICO388 To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes ACAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIC2745 Type A HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting When turning the switch to the P4 posi tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on When turning the switch to the 2 posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on IDAZ SIC3019 Type B A CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery LIC0967 Headlight beam select To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the O light illuminate
406. y dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo Technical and consumer information 9 13 GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label e GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer 9 14 Technical and consumer information Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Tot
407. y in sharp turns and at low speeds See Power steering in the Starting and driving section Instruments and controls 2 9 7 Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the ight flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual ACAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so High temperature warning light red When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the high temperature warning light illu minates and then turns off This indicates that the high temperature sensor in the engine coolant system is operational 2 10 Instruments and controls ACAUTION If the high temperature warning light illu minates while the engine is running it may indicate the engine temperature is extremely high Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible If the vehicle is over heated continuing vehicle operation may seriously damage the engine See If your vehi
408. y the gt and lt marks The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the rear center seat belt con nector buckle To fasten the seat belt see Fastening the seat belts earlier in this section AWARNING Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop 1 19 Om LRS0242 Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoul der belt anchor into position AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height
409. ys follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de vice Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery Rocking a stuck vehicle AWARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System VDC if so equipped 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive CVT and A T models or 1st Low and R Reverse M T models Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R Reverse and D Drive CVT and A T models or 1st Low and R Reverse M T models Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior i visciaeccreeseiwa ean ewbeapeanes 7 2 Air fresheners socs sinnccwewess ern nenan ier ened 7 4 Washing 224222 026tucrandr eis beeeded eed somes 7 2 FIO
410. zard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered WPD0370 Intelligent Key lock warning light M T models or P position selecting warning light CVT or A T models _ Intelligent Key system warning light WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS The Intelligent Key system is equipped with a function that is designed to minimize improper operations and to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen The warning buzzer sounds and the warning light illuminates when improper opera tions are detected Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 ACAUTION When the buzzer sounds and the warning light illuminates be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning light comes on in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or the warning light comes on be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key Audible reminder and warning when locking the doors When the chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle check for the following The ignition switch is placed in the

2011 Nissan Versa Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents